The
Voyages
and
Trauailes
of
Sir
Iohn
Maundeuile
Knight
.
Hee
that
will
goe
toward
Hierusalem
on
horse
,
on
foote
,
or
by
sea
.
Chap.
j.
IN
the
name
of
God
Almightie
Hée
that
will
trauaile
to
Hierusalem
may
goe
many
waies
,
both
by
sea
and
by
land
,
after
the
country
that
he
commeth
from
:
but
thincke
not
I
will
tell
all
the
Townes
,
Cities
and
castels
that
men
shall
go
by
,
for
then
should
I
make
too
long
a
tale
,
but
onely
the
most
principall
countries
,
cities
and
townes
that
men
shall
go
by
and
through
,
to
go
the
right
way
.
First
,
if
a
man
come
from
the
West
side
of
the
world
,
as
England
,
Ireland
,
Wales
,
Scotland
,
and
Norway
,
he
may
if
hée
will
goe
through
Almaine
and
throughout
the
kingdome
of
Hungary
,
which
King
is
a
great
lord
and
a
mightie
,
and
holdeth
many
lands
and
great
,
for
he
holdeth
the
land
of
Hungary
,
Sauoy
,
Camony
,
a
great
part
of
Bulgary
,
that
men
call
the
land
of
Bugres
,
and
a
great
part
of
the
kingdome
of
Russie
,
and
that
lasteth
to
the
land
of
Milland
,
and
marcheth
on
Ciprus
,
and
men
passe
thus
through
the
land
of
Hungary
,
and
through
the
Citie
that
men
call
Cipanum
,
and
through
the
castle
of
Nurburgh
,
&
by
the
Ile
Torne
,
toward
the
end
of
Hungary
,
and
so
by
the
riuer
of
Danubie
,
that
is
a
full
great
riuer
and
goeth
into
Almaine
,
vnder
the
hils
of
Lumbardy
,
&
it
taketh
into
it
fortie
other
riuers
,
and
it
runneth
throughout
Hungary
,
and
through
Cresses
and
Crochie
,
and
goeth
into
the
sea
,
so
strongly
and
with
so
great
might
that
the
water
is
fresh
thirty
miles
within
the
sea
,
&
afterward
men
goe
to
Belgraue
and
entreth
into
the
land
of
Bugres
,
and
there
men
passe
a
bridge
of
stone
that
is
ouer
the
riuer
of
Morack
,
&
so
men
passe
through
the
land
of
Pinseras
and
come
to
Gréece
to
the
citie
of
Stermisse
,
and
to
the
citie
of
Affinpane
,
that
was
sometime
called
Bradre
the
noble
,
and
so
the
citie
of
Constantinople
that
was
sometime
called
Bessalneron
,
and
there
dwelled
commonly
the
Emperour
of
Gréece
.
depiction of a naked male figure wearing a crown, or the emperor Justinian, seated on a horse pointing at the sun
At
Constantinople
is
the
best
and
the
fayrest
Church
of
the
world
,
and
it
is
of
Saint
Steuen
.
And
before
this
Church
is
a
guilt
Image
of
Iustinian
the
Emperour
and
it
is
sitting
vpon
a
horse
and
crowned
,
and
it
was
wont
to
holde
a
round
apple
in
his
hand
,
and
men
say
there
,
that
it
is
a
token
that
the
Emperour
hath
lost
a
part
of
his
lands
,
for
the
apple
is
fallen
out
of
the
Images
hand
:
and
also
hée
hath
lost
a
great
part
of
his
Lordship
For
hée
was
wont
to
bée
Emperour
of
Roome
,
of
Gréece
,
and
of
all
Asia
the
lesse
,
of
Surry
,
and
of
the
land
of
Iudea
,
in
the
which
is
Hierusalem
,
and
of
the
land
of
Aegipt
,
of
Percia
and
Arabia
,
but
he
hath
lost
all
but
Gréece
,
and
that
land
he
holdeth
onely
,
men
would
put
the
apple
in
the
Images
hand
,
but
it
will
not
hold
it
.
This
apple
betokeneth
the
Lordship
that
he
had
ouer
all
the
world
,
and
the
other
hand
he
lifteth
vp
against
the
East
,
in
token
to
menasse
misdoers
.
This
Image
standeth
vpon
a
piller
of
marble
.
depiction of four Passion relics of Jesus Christ: the rod and sponge of vinegar; the seamless garment; a nail; and the crown of thorns
In
Cruce
sit
Palma
,
Cedrus
,
&
Cypressus
,
Oliua
.
depiction of the cross of Jesus Christ
For
the
péece
that
went
right
vp
from
the
earth
vnto
the
head
was
of
Cipres
,
and
the
péece
that
went
ouerthwart
to
the
which
his
hands
were
nailed
,
was
of
Palme
,
&
the
stock
that
stood
within
the
earth
in
the
which
they
had
made
a
morteys
,
was
of
Ceder
,
and
the
table
aboue
his
head
was
a
foote
and
a
halfe
long
,
on
which
the
title
was
written
,
that
was
of
Oliue
,
the
Iewes
made
this
crosse
of
these
foure
manner
of
trées
,
for
they
thought
that
our
Lord
should
haue
hanged
as
long
as
the
crosse
might
last
,
therfore
made
they
the
foot
of
Ceder
,
for
Ceder
may
not
in
the
earth
ne
in
water
rot
,
they
thought
that
the
body
of
Christ
shold
haue
stoncken
,
they
made
the
péece
that
went
from
the
earth
vpward
of
Cipres
,
so
that
the
smell
of
his
body
should
grieue
no
man
that
came
by
,
and
that
ouerthwart
was
made
of
Palme
,
in
signification
of
victorie
.
And
the
table
of
the
title
was
made
of
Oliue
,
for
it
betokeneth
peace
,
as
the
story
of
Noe
witnesseth
,
when
the
Doue
brought
the
branch
of
Oliue
,
that
betokened
peace
made
betwéene
God
and
man
.
And
also
you
shall
vnderstand
that
the
Christian
men
that
dwell
ouer
the
Sea
,
say
that
the
péece
of
the
crosse
that
we
call
Cipres
,
was
of
the
trée
that
Adam
eate
the
apple
off
,
and
so
they
finde
written
,
and
they
say
also
that
their
Scripture
saith
,
that
when
Adam
was
sick
he
said
to
his
son
Seth
,
that
hée
should
go
to
Paradise
,
and
pray
the
Angel
that
kéepeth
Paradise
that
he
would
send
him
oyle
of
the
trée
of
mercy
,
for
to
annoynt
him
that
hée
might
haue
health
,
&
Seth
went
,
but
the
Angell
would
not
let
him
come
in
at
the
gate
,
but
said
vnto
him
,
that
he
might
not
haue
of
the
oyle
of
mercy
,
but
he
tooke
him
thrée
carnels
of
the
same
trée
that
his
father
eate
the
apple
off
,
and
bad
him
as
soone
as
his
father
was
dead
,
that
hée
should
put
these
carnels
vnder
his
tongue
&
burie
him
,
and
he
did
so
,
and
of
these
thrée
carnels
sprang
a
trée
as
the
Angel
said
,
and
when
the
trée
bare
fruit
,
then
should
Adam
be
made
whole
.
And
when
Seth
came
againe
and
found
his
father
dead
,
hée
did
with
the
carnels
as
the
Angell
commaunded
him
,
of
the
which
came
thrée
trées
,
whereof
a
Crosse
was
made
that
bare
good
fruit
,
that
is
to
say
,
our
Sauiour
Iesu
Christ
,
through
whom
Adam
and
all
that
came
of
him
should
be
saued
&
deliuered
from
euerlasting
death
,
but
if
it
be
their
owne
default
.
This
holy
crosse
had
the
Iewes
hid
vnder
the
earth
in
the
rock
of
the
mount
of
Caluery
,
and
it
lay
there
two
hundred
yéeres
and
more
,
as
they
say
,
vnto
the
time
that
Saint
Elene
found
it
,
the
which
saint
Elene
,
was
the
daughter
of
Coel
king
of
England
,
that
then
was
called
Britaine
,
and
after
marryed
to
Constantius
,
first
,
Consull
,
and
after
Emperour
of
Rome
,
who
had
by
her
issue
Constantine
the
great
,
borne
in
England
,
and
afterward
Emperour
of
Rome
,
which
Constantine
turned
the
name
of
Bezansium
into
Constantinople
,
he
réedified
that
Citie
,
&
made
it
the
monarcal
seat
of
all
Europa
,
and
Asia
Minor
:
also
ye
shall
vnderstand
,
that
the
Crosse
of
our
Lord
was
in
length
viij
.
cubites
and
the
péece
that
went
ouerthwart
was
thrée
cubuites
and
a
halfe
.
depiction of three Passion relics of Jesus Christ: a nail; the spear-head; and part of the crown of thorns
A
part
of
the
crowne
of
our
Lord
Iesu
Christ
wherwith
he
was
crowned
&
one
of
the
nailes
,
&
the
speare
head
,
and
many
other
reliques
are
in
Fraunce
at
Paris
in
the
chappell
of
the
kings
,
and
the
crowne
lyeth
in
a
vessel
of
cristall
wel
dight
and
richly
,
for
the
French
king
bought
these
reliques
sometime
of
the
Iewes
,
to
whom
the
Emperor
had
laid
them
to
pledge
for
a
great
sum
of
gold
.
And
although
men
say
that
this
Crowne
was
of
thornes
,
ye
shall
vnderstand
that
it
was
of
Ioukes
of
the
sea
,
which
be
white
and
pricketh
as
sharp
as
thornes
,
for
I
haue
séene
and
beheld
many
times
that
at
Paris
,
and
that
at
Constantinople
,
for
they
were
both
of
one
,
&
made
of
Ioukes
of
the
Sea
.
But
men
haue
departed
it
in
two
parts
,
of
the
which
one
part
is
at
Paris
,
and
the
other
part
at
Constantinople
,
and
I
haue
a
point
thereof
that
séemeth
a
white
thorne
,
and
that
was
giuen
me
for
a
great
friendship
:
For
there
are
many
of
them
broken
&
fallen
into
the
vessell
,
when
they
shew
the
crowne
to
great
men
or
Lords
that
come
thether
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
our
Lord
in
that
night
that
hée
was
taken
,
hée
was
lead
into
a
Garden
,
and
there
hée
was
examined
sharply
,
and
there
the
Iewes
crowned
him
with
a
Crowne
of
Abbespine
branches
that
grew
in
the
same
Garden
,
and
set
it
on
his
head
so
fast
,
that
the
bloud
ranne
downe
by
many
places
of
his
visage
,
necke
and
shoulders
,
and
therefore
hath
the
Abbespine
many
vertues
,
for
hée
that
beareth
a
braunch
of
it
about
him
,
no
thunder
,
nor
no
manner
of
tempest
may
hurt
him
,
nor
the
house
that
it
is
in
may
no
euill
ghost
come
,
nor
in
no
place
where
it
is
.
And
in
that
same
garden
saint
Peter
denyed
our
Lord
thrice
,
and
afterward
was
our
Lord
lead
before
the
Bishop
&
Ministers
of
the
Law
into
another
garden
of
Anne
,
and
there
hée
was
examined
,
scourged
,
and
crowned
oft
with
a
swée
Thorne
,
that
men
call
Harbareus
that
grew
in
the
same
Garden
,
and
that
hath
many
vertues
.
And
afterward
he
was
lead
to
a
garden
of
Caiaphas
and
there
he
was
crowned
againe
with
Eglentine
,
&
after
that
hée
was
lead
to
a
chamber
of
Pilate
and
there
hée
was
crowned
,
and
the
Iewes
set
him
in
a
chayre
,
and
clad
him
in
a
mantell
of
purple
.
And
then
made
they
a
crowne
of
Ioukes
of
the
sea
,
and
there
they
knéeled
to
him
&
scorned
him
saying
.
Aue
rex
Iudeorum
.
That
is
to
say
,
haile
king
of
Iewes
.
And
of
this
crowne
,
halfe
is
at
Paris
,
and
the
other
halfe
at
Constantinople
,
the
which
our
sauiour
Iesus
Christ
had
on
his
head
,
when
hée
was
nailed
on
the
crosse
.
And
the
speares
shaft
hath
the
Emperour
of
Almaine
,
but
the
head
which
was
put
in
his
side
is
at
Paris
,
they
say
,
in
the
holy
chappell
:
and
oft
times
saith
the
Emperour
of
Constantinople
,
that
he
hath
the
speares
head
,
&
I
haue
séene
it
,
but
it
is
greater
then
that
at
Paris
.
Also
at
Constantinople
lyeth
saint
Anne
our
ladies
mother
,
whom
saint
Elene
caused
to
bée
brought
from
Ierusalem
,
and
ther
lieth
also
the
body
of
saint
Iohn
Chrisostome
that
was
Bishop
of
Constantinople
.
There
lyeth
also
Saint
Luke
the
Euangelist
,
for
his
bones
were
brought
from
Bethany
where
he
was
buryed
:
and
many
other
reliquies
are
there
,
and
ther
is
of
the
vessel
of
stone
,
as
it
were
marble
,
which
men
call
Hidrius
,
that
euermore
droppeth
water
,
&
filleth
himselfe
euery
yeare
once
.
And
yée
shall
wit
that
Constantinople
is
a
fayre
citty
and
well
walled
,
and
it
is
thrée
cornered
,
and
there
is
an
arme
of
the
sea
that
men
call
Hellespon
,
&
some
men
call
it
the
bunch
of
Constantinople
,
and
some
men
call
it
the
brach
of
saint
George
:
and
this
water
encloseth
two
parts
of
the
citie
,
&
vpward
to
the
sea
vpon
that
water
,
was
wont
to
bée
the
great
citie
of
Troy
in
a
faire
plaine
,
but
that
citie
was
destroied
by
the
Gréekes
.
depiction of a mountain or Mount Athos reaching the clouds
Of
the
Ilands
of
Greece
.
Chap.
ij
.
ABout
Gréece
be
many
Iles
that
men
cal
Calastre
,
Calcas
,
Settico
,
Thoysoria
,
Minona
,
Faxton
,
Molo
,
Carpate
,
and
Lempne
.
And
in
this
Ile
is
mount
Athoes
that
passeth
the
clouds
,
and
there
are
diuers
speaches
&
many
countries
that
are
obedient
to
the
Emperour
of
Constantinople
,
that
is
to
say
,
Turcoply
,
Pincy
,
Narde
,
Comage
,
and
many
other
,
Thracy
and
Macedonie
,
of
which
Alexander
was
King
.
In
this
countrie
was
Aristotle
borne
,
in
a
Citty
that
men
cal
Strageris
,
a
little
from
the
citty
of
Tragie
,
and
at
Strageris
is
Aristotle
buried
,
and
there
is
an
Alter
on
his
tombe
,
and
there
make
they
a
great
feast
euery
yeare
as
he
were
a
Saint
,
and
vpon
his
alter
the
Lords
hold
their
great
counsailes
&
assembles
,
&
they
thinck
that
through
the
inspiration
of
God
and
him
,
they
should
haue
the
better
counsell
.
In
this
Countrie
are
right
high
hils
,
there
is
an
hill
that
men
call
Olimphus
,
that
parteth
Macedonie
and
Thracia
,
and
is
as
high
as
the
cloudes
,
and
the
other
hill
that
men
call
Athoes
is
so
high
,
that
the
shadow
of
him
stretcheth
vnto
Olimphus
,
and
it
is
néere
lxxvij
.
mile
betwéene
,
and
aboue
that
hill
is
the
ayre
so
cléere
that
men
may
féele
no
winde
there
,
and
therefore
may
no
beast
liue
there
the
ayre
is
so
dry
,
and
men
say
in
the
country
that
Philosophers
somtime
went
vp
to
these
same
hils
and
held
to
their
noses
a
spounge
wet
with
water
for
to
haue
ayre
,
for
the
ayre
was
so
dry
there
,
and
aboue
in
the
pouder
of
the
hill
they
wrote
letters
with
their
fingers
,
and
at
the
yeares
end
they
came
againe
and
found
those
letters
which
they
had
written
the
yéere
before
without
any
default
,
&
therefore
it
séemeth
well
that
these
hils
passe
the
cloudes
to
the
pure
ayre
.
At
Constantinople
is
the
Emperours
Pallaice
which
is
faire
and
well
dight
,
and
therein
is
a
place
for
iusting
,
and
it
is
made
about
with
stages
that
each
man
may
well
sée
&
none
grieue
other
,
and
vnder
these
stages
are
stables
vauted
for
the
Emperours
horses
,
&
all
the
pillers
of
these
stables
are
of
marble
.
And
within
the
Church
of
saint
Sophie
,
an
Emperor
would
haue
laid
the
body
of
his
Father
when
hée
was
dead
,
and
as
they
made
the
graue
they
found
a
body
in
the
earth
,
and
vpon
the
body
lay
a
great
plate
of
fine
gold
,
and
thervpon
was
written
in
Ebrew
,
Gréeke
and
Latin
letters
,
that
said
thus
.
Iesus
Christus
nascetur
de
virgine
Maria
,
&
ego
credo
in
eum
:
That
is
to
say
,
Iesu
Christ
shall
be
borne
of
the
virgin
Marie
and
I
beléeue
in
him
.
And
the
date
was
that
it
lay
in
the
earth
two
hundreth
yéere
beefore
our
Lord
Iesu
Christ
was
borne
,
and
yet
is
that
plate
in
the
treasurie
of
the
Church
,
&
men
say
that
it
was
Hermogenes
the
wise
man
And
neuerthelesse
,
if
it
be
so
men
of
that
Gréece
bée
Christians
,
yet
they
vary
from
our
faith
,
for
they
say
that
the
holy
Ghost
commeth
not
out
of
the
son
,
but
all
onelie
of
the
father
,
and
they
are
not
obedient
to
the
Church
of
Roome
,
nor
to
the
Pope
,
&
they
say
,
that
their
Patriarks
haue
as
much
power
ouer
the
sea
,
as
the
Pope
hath
on
this
side
the
sea
.
And
therefore
Pope
Iohn
the
xxij
.
sent
letters
to
them
,
how
Christian
men
should
bée
all
one
,
and
that
they
should
be
obedient
to
a
Pope
that
is
Christs
Vicar
on
earth
,
to
whom
God
gaue
plaine
power
to
binde
and
to
assoyle
,
and
therefore
they
should
be
obedient
to
him
.
And
they
sent
him
diuers
aunsweres
,
and
among
other
they
said
thus
.
Potentiam
tuam
summam
circa
subiectos
tuos
firmiter
credimus
.
Superbiam
tuam
summam
tollerare
non
possimus
.
Auaritiam
tuam
summam
satiare
non
intendimus
.
Dominus
tecum
sit
,
Quia
Dominus
nobiscum
est
,
Vale
.
That
is
to
say
.
We
beléeue
well
that
thy
power
is
great
vpon
thy
subiects
.
We
may
not
suffer
thy
pride
.
We
are
not
in
purpose
to
fulfill
thy
couetise
,
our
Lord
be
with
thée
,
for
our
Lord
is
with
vs
,
Farewell
.
And
other
aunsweare
might
be
not
haue
of
them
.
And
also
they
make
their
sacrament
of
the
Alter
of
therf
bread
,
for
our
Lord
made
it
of
therf
bread
,
when
he
made
his
maund
,
&
on
sherthurs
day
make
they
their
bread
in
tokening
of
the
maund
,
and
they
dry
it
at
the
Sun
&
kéepe
it
all
the
yeare
,
and
giue
it
to
sicke
men
in
stead
of
Gods
body
.
And
they
make
but
one
vnction
when
they
christen
children
,
and
they
annoint
no
sick
men
,
and
they
say
there
is
no
purgatory
,
and
soules
shall
haue
neither
ioy
nor
paine
vntill
the
day
of
dome
.
And
they
say
that
fornication
is
no
deadly
sin
,
but
a
kindly
thing
,
and
that
men
and
women
should
wedde
but
once
,
and
who
so
weddeth
more
then
once
,
their
children
are
bastards
&
gotten
in
sinne
,
and
their
priests
also
are
wedded
,
and
they
say
that
vsurie
or
simonie
is
no
deadly
sin
,
and
they
sell
benefices
of
holy
Church
,
and
so
did
men
of
other
places
,
&
it
is
great
slaughter
,
for
now
is
simonie
king
crowned
in
holy
Church
,
God
amend
it
when
his
wil
is
.
And
they
say
that
in
lent
men
should
not
sing
Masse
but
on
the
Saterday
&
on
the
Sunday
,
and
they
fast
not
the
Saterday
no
time
in
the
yéere
,
but
if
it
be
Christmas
or
Easter
euen
.
And
they
suffer
no
man
that
is
on
this
side
the
Gréeke
sea
to
sing
at
their
Alters
,
and
if
it
fall
that
they
do
through
any
hap
,
they
wash
their
Alters
as
soone
without
tarrying
with
holy
water
,
and
they
say
that
there
should
be
but
one
masse
said
at
one
Alter
in
a
day
.
And
they
say
that
our
Lord
did
neuer
eate
meat
,
but
he
made
a
token
of
eating
.
And
also
they
say
that
we
sin
deadly
in
shauing
of
our
beards
,
for
the
beard
is
a
token
of
a
man
,
and
a
gift
of
our
Lord
,
and
they
say
that
we
sinne
in
eating
of
beasts
that
were
forbidden
in
the
old
Law
,
as
Swine
,
Hares
and
other
Beasts
.
And
this
they
say
,
that
we
sin
in
eating
of
flesh
on
the
daies
before
Ashwednesday
,
and
in
eating
of
flesh
on
the
Wednesday
,
and
when
we
eate
chéese
or
egges
on
the
friday
,
and
they
curse
all
those
that
eate
no
flesh
on
the
Saterday
.
Also
the
Emperour
of
Constantinople
maketh
the
Patriarkes
,
Archbishops
and
Bishops
,
and
he
giueth
all
the
dignities
of
Churches
,
and
depriueth
them
that
are
vnworthy
.
Although
it
be
so
that
these
touch
not
each
way
,
neuerthelesse
they
touch
not
that
which
I
haue
behight
to
shew
a
part
of
the
custome
,
maners
,
and
diuersitie
of
countries
,
and
for
this
is
the
first
country
discordant
from
the
faith
,
and
letteth
our
faith
on
this
side
the
sea
,
therefore
haue
I
set
it
here
that
ye
may
sée
the
diuersitie
betwéene
our
faith
and
theirs
,
for
many
men
haue
great
liking
to
heare
speake
of
straunge
things
.
¶
To
come
againe
to
Constantinople
for
to
goe
towards
the
holy
land
.
Chap.
iij.
NOW
come
wée
againe
for
to
know
the
way
from
Constantinople
.
He
that
will
goe
through
Turky
,
he
goeth
through
the
city
of
Nike
,
&
passeth
through
the
gate
of
Chiuitot
that
is
right
high
,
and
it
is
a
mile
and
a
halfe
from
Nyke
,
and
who
so
will
goe
by
the
brach
of
Saint
George
,
and
by
the
Gréeke
sea
there
as
Saint
Nicholas
lyeth
,
and
other
places
.
depiction of a tomb
First
men
come
to
the
Ile
of
Silo
,
and
in
that
I
le
groweth
masticke
vpon
small
trées
,
as
Plumtrées
,
or
Cheritrées
.
And
then
after
men
go
through
the
Ile
of
Pathmos
,
where
Saint
Iohn
the
Euangelist
wrote
the
Apocalips
,
and
you
shall
vnderstand
that
when
our
Lord
Iesus
Christ
dyed
,
Saint
Iohn
the
Euangelist
was
of
the
age
of
xxxij
.
yéeres
,
and
he
liued
after
the
passion
of
Christ
lxiii
.
yéeres
,
and
then
dyed
.
From
Pathmos
men
go
to
Ephesim
which
is
a
faire
Cittie
and
néere
to
the
sea
,
and
there
dyed
saint
Iohn
,
and
hée
was
buryed
behind
the
high
Alter
in
a
tombe
,
and
there
is
a
faire
Church
,
for
christian
men
were
wont
to
hold
that
place
,
but
in
the
tombe
of
Saint
Iohn
is
nothing
but
Manna
,
for
his
body
was
translated
into
paradise
and
the
Turks
hold
now
that
cittie
,
and
the
Church
,
and
all
Asia
the
lesse
,
and
therefore
is
Asia
the
lesse
called
Turkey
,
and
ye
shall
vnderstand
that
S.
Iohn
did
make
his
graue
there
in
his
life
,
and
laid
himselfe
there
all
quick
,
and
therefore
some
say
he
died
not
,
but
that
he
resteth
there
vntill
the
day
of
Iudgement
,
&
therfore
,
truely
there
is
a
great
meruaile
,
for
men
may
sée
there
appertly
the
earth
of
the
tombe
many
times
stir
and
mooue
as
there
were
a
quick
thing
vnder
.
And
from
Ephesim
men
goe
through
many
Iles
in
the
sea
,
vnto
the
cittie
of
Pateran
where
saint
Nicholas
was
borne
,
and
so
to
Marca
where
he
by
the
grace
of
God
was
chosen
Bishop
,
and
there
groweth
right
good
wine
and
strong
,
that
men
cal
wine
of
Marca
.
From
thence
men
goe
to
the
Ile
of
Créete
,
which
the
Emperour
gaue
sometime
to
Ionais
.
And
then
men
passe
through
the
Iles
of
Cophos
and
Lango
,
of
the
which
Iles
Ipocras
was
Lord
,
and
some
say
that
in
the
Ile
of
Lango
is
Ipocras
his
Daughter
in
manner
of
a
Dragon
,
which
is
an
hundred
foote
long
as
men
say
,
for
I
haue
not
séene
it
,
and
they
of
the
Iles
call
her
the
lady
of
the
country
,
and
she
lyeth
in
an
old
castle
,
and
sheweth
her selfe
thrice
in
the
yéere
,
and
shée
doth
no
man
harme
,
and
she
is
thus
changed
from
a
damsell
to
a
Dragon
through
a
Goddesse
that
men
call
Diana
,
and
men
say
that
shée
shall
dwell
so
vnto
the
time
that
a
knight
come
that
is
so
hardy
as
to
go
to
her
and
kisse
her
mouth
,
and
then
shall
shée
turne
againe
to
her
owne
kinde
and
be
a
woman
,
and
after
that
shée
shall
not
liue
long
.
And
it
is
not
long
since
a
knight
of
the
Rodes
that
was
hardy
&
valiant
,
said
that
hée
would
kisse
her
,
&
when
the
dragon
began
to
lift
vp
her
head
against
him
,
&
he
saw
she
was
so
hedious
,
he
fled
away
,
and
the
Dragon
in
her
anger
bare
the
knight
to
a
rock
and
from
that
cast
him
into
the
sea
,
and
so
he
was
lost
.
Yet
of
the
Dragon
.
Chap.
iiij
.
depiction of a mythical creature, a dragon with feminine facial features emerging from a doorway behind a knight in armour
ALso
a
young
man
that
wist
not
of
the
Dragon
,
went
out
of
a
ship
&
passed
through
the
Ile
,
till
hée
came
to
the
castell
,
&
entred
into
a
caue
and
went
so
long
till
he
found
a
chamber
,
and
then
hée
saw
a
Damsell
that
kembd
her
head
,
and
looked
in
a
Mirrour
,
and
shée
had
much
treasure
about
her
,
and
hée
thought
her
to
be
a
common
woman
that
dwelled
there
,
to
kéepe
men
;
and
hée
abode
the
Damsell
,
and
the
damsell
saw
the
shadow
of
him
in
the
mirrour
,
and
she
turned
toward
him
and
asked
him
what
he
would
,
and
he
said
he
would
bée
her
paramour
or
lemman
,
and
she
asked
him
if
hée
were
a
knight
,
&
hée
said
nay
,
&
she
said
then
might
he
not
be
her
lemman
,
but
shée
had
him
go
againe
to
his
fellowes
and
make
him
knight
and
come
againe
on
the
morrow
and
she
would
come
out
of
the
caue
,
&
then
he
should
kisse
her
on
the
mouth
,
and
shée
bad
him
haue
no
dread
,
for
shée
would
doe
him
no
harme
,
although
shée
séemed
hidious
to
him
,
she
said
it
was
done
by
enchantment
,
for
she
said
she
was
such
as
he
saw
her
then
,
and
shée
said
,
that
if
hée
kissed
her
,
hée
should
haue
all
the
treasure
,
and
be
her
Lord
,
and
Lord
of
all
those
Iles.
Then
he
departed
from
her
and
went
to
his
fellows
to
the
ship
,
and
made
him
Knight
,
and
came
againe
on
the
morrow
to
kisse
the
Damsell
,
and
when
hée
saw
her
come
out
of
the
caue
in
forme
of
a
Dragon
,
hée
had
so
great
dread
that
hée
fled
to
the
ship
,
and
she
followed
him
,
&
when
she
saw
that
hée
tourned
not
againe
,
shée
began
to
crye
as
a
thing
that
had
much
sorrow
,
and
turned
againe
,
&
soone
after
the
knight
dyed
,
and
sithen
hetherto
might
no
knight
sée
her
but
hée
dyed
anone
.
But
when
a
knight
commeth
that
is
so
hardy
to
kisse
her
,
hée
shall
not
dye
but
shall
tourne
that
Damsell
into
her
right
shape
,
and
shall
bée
Lord
of
the
country
aforesaid
.
And
from
thence
men
goe
to
the
Ile
of
Rodes
,
the
which
the
Hospitallers
held
and
gouerned
,
and
that
they
tooke
sometime
from
the
Emperour
,
and
it
was
wont
to
bée
called
Colles
,
and
so
yet
the
Turks
call
it
Colles
:
and
Saint
Paul
in
his
Epistles
writeth
to
them
of
the
Ile
Collosenses
.
This
I
le
is
néere
C.lxxx
.
myle
from
Constantinople
.
And
from
the
Ile
of
Rodes
men
goe
into
Cipres
where
are
many
vines
,
the
first
is
red
,
and
after
a
yéere
they
waxe
all
white
,
and
those
vines
that
are
most
white
,
are
most
cléere
and
best
smelling
,
and
as
men
passe
that
way
by
a
place
where
was
wont
to
be
a
great
cittie
that
men
call
Sathalay
,
for
all
that
country
was
lost
through
the
folly
of
a
young
man
,
who
had
a
faire
Damsell
that
hée
loued
well
,
and
shée
dyed
sodainely
,
and
was
buryed
in
a
graue
of
Marble
,
and
for
the
great
loue
hée
had
to
her
,
hée
went
in
a
night
to
her
tombe
and
opened
it
,
and
went
and
lay
by
her
,
and
a
while
afterward
returned
home
againe
,
and
when
it
came
to
the
end
of
ix
.
monethes
,
a
voice
came
to
him
and
said
in
this
manner
,
as
in
the
next
Chapter
followeth
.
Of
a
young
man
and
his
lemman
.
Chap.
v.
depiction of a mythical creature, a monster with a bird-like head and a human face on its back, emerging from a tomb toward a young male figure
GOE
vnto
the
tombe
of
the
same
woman
that
thou
hast
lyen
by
,
and
open
it
,
béehold
well
that
which
thou
hast
béegotten
on
her
,
and
if
thou
let
it
goe
,
thou
shalt
haue
a
great
harme
,
and
hée
went
and
opened
the
Tombe
,
and
there
flew
out
a
monster
right
hidious
for
to
sée
,
the
whiche
monster
flew
about
the
cittie
and
country
,
and
soone
after
the
cittie
and
the
country
sanck
downe
,
and
there
are
many
perillous
passages
.
From
Rodes
to
Cipres
is
fiue
hundred
myle
and
more
,
but
men
may
goe
to
Cipres
and
come
not
to
Rodes
.
Cipres
is
a
good
Ile
and
a
great
,
&
there
are
many
good
citties
:
there
is
an
Archbishop
at
Nichosy
,
and
foure
other
Bishops
in
the
land
.
And
at
Famagost
is
one
of
the
best
hauens
on
the
sea
that
is
in
the
world
,
and
there
are
Christian
men
and
Sarazins
and
men
of
all
nations
.
In
Cipres
is
the
hill
of
the
holy
crosse
,
and
there
is
the
crosse
of
the
good
théefe
Dismas
,
as
I
said
before
,
and
some
thinke
that
there
is
halfe
of
the
crosse
of
our
Lord
,
but
it
is
not
so
,
and
they
doe
wrong
that
make
men
to
beléeue
so
.
In
Cipres
lyeth
Saint
Simeon
for
whom
the
men
of
the
country
make
great
solempnitie
,
and
in
the
castell
of
Amours
lyeth
the
body
of
Saint
Hillarion
,
and
men
kéepe
it
worshipfully
,
and
beside
Famagost
was
Saint
Bernarde
borne
.
Of
the
manner
of
hunting
in
Cipres
.
Chap.
vi
.
depiction of a papion or large spotted cat
IN
Cipres
men
hunt
with
Pampeons
that
bée
like
to
Leopardes
,
and
they
hunt
wilde
beasts
right
well
and
they
are
somwhat
bigger
then
Lions
,
and
they
take
more
quickly
wilde
beastes
then
hounds
.
In
Cipres
is
a
custome
that
Lords
and
other
men
eat
vpon
the
earth
,
for
they
make
ditches
within
the
earth
all
about
the
hall
déepe
to
the
knée
,
and
they
paue
them
,
and
when
they
will
eat
they
goe
therein
and
sit
there
,
this
they
doe
to
be
more
fresh
,
for
that
land
is
hotter
then
it
is
here
:
and
at
great
feasts
and
for
strange
men
they
set
formes
and
boords
as
they
do
in
this
country
,
but
they
had
leauer
sit
on
the
earth
.
From
Cipres
men
goe
by
Land
and
by
Sea
to
Hierusalem
,
and
in
a
day
and
in
a
night
he
that
hath
good
winde
may
come
to
the
hauen
of
Tire
that
now
is
called
Sur
,
and
it
is
also
at
the
entry
of
Surry
,
there
was
sometime
a
faire
cittie
of
Christian
men
,
but
the
Sarasins
haue
destroyed
the
most
part
thereof
,
and
they
kéepe
the
hauen
right
well
for
dread
that
they
haue
of
Christian
men
.
Men
might
goe
right
to
that
hauen
,
&
come
not
to
Cipres
,
but
they
go
gladly
to
Cipres
to
rest
them
on
the
land
,
or
els
to
buy
things
that
they
haue
néed
of
to
their
voiage
.
Vpon
the
sea
side
men
may
find
many
rubies
,
and
there
is
the
well
that
holy
writ
speaketh
of
.
Fons
hortorum
&
puteus
aquarum
viuentium
.
That
is
to
say
,
The
well
of
gardens
and
ditch
of
waters
liuing
.
In
the
cittie
of
Tyre
sayd
the
woman
to
our
Lord
Beatus
venter
qui
te
portauit
&
vbera
quae
succisti
.
That
is
as
much
to
say
,
Blessed
be
the
body
that
bare
thée
,
and
the
pap
of
which
thou
suckest
,
and
there
our
Lord
Iesus
Christ
forgaue
the
woman
of
Canaan
her
sins
,
and
there
also
in
that
place
was
the
stone
on
the
which
our
Lord
sat
&
preached
,
&
on
the
same
stone
was
founded
the
church
of
saint
Sauiour
.
And
vpon
that
sea
is
the
cittie
of
Saphen
,
Sarep
,
or
Sodome
,
and
there
was
the
dwelling
of
Elias
the
Prophet
,
and
there
was
raised
by
Ionas
the
Prophet
the
widdowes
son
.
And
fiue
mile
from
Saphen
is
the
cittie
of
Sydon
of
the
which
Cittie
Dido
(
that
was
Aeneas
wife
after
the
destruction
of
Troy
)
was
Quéene
,
she
founded
the
citie
of
Carthage
in
Affricke
&
now
is
called
Didonsart
.
And
in
the
cittie
of
Tyre
rayned
Achilles
,
the
father
of
Dido
,
and
a
mile
from
Sidon
is
Beruth
,
and
from
Beruth
to
Sardena
,
is
thrée
dayes
iourney
,
and
from
Sardena
is
fiue
mile
to
Damas.
Of
the
hauen
called
Iaffe
.
Chap.
vij
.
WHo
so
will
go
longer
on
the
sea
and
come
néerer
to
Hierusalem
,
you
shall
goe
from
Cipres
by
sea
to
the
port
called
Iaffe
,
for
that
is
the
next
hauen
to
Hierusalem
,
for
from
that
Hauen
is
but
a
dayes
iourney
and
a
halfe
to
Hierusalem
,
and
that
Hauen
is
called
Iaffe
,
and
the
towne
Affe
after
one
of
Noes
sonnes
that
men
call
Iapheth
that
founded
it
,
and
now
it
is
called
Iops
,
and
ye
shall
vnderstand
that
it
is
the
eldest
towne
of
the
world
,
for
it
was
made
before
Noes
floud
,
and
there
be
the
bones
of
a
Giaunts
side
that
bée
xl
.
foote
long
.
Of
the
Hauen
of
Tyre
.
Chap.
viij
.
ANd
who
ariueth
at
the
first
hauen
of
Tyre
or
of
Surrey
before
said
,
may
go
by
land
if
hée
will
to
Hierusalem
,
and
hée
goeth
to
the
Cittie
of
Acon
in
a
day
,
that
was
called
Tholomoda
,
and
it
was
a
cittie
of
Christian
men
sometime
,
but
it
is
now
destroyed
,
and
it
is
in
the
sea
.
And
it
is
from
Venice
to
Acon
by
the
sea
two
thousand
and
lxx
.
mile
of
Lumbardy
,
and
from
Calabre
,
or
from
Cicil
it
is
to
Acon
a
thousand
thrée
hundred
miles
of
Lumbardy
.
Of
the
hill
Carme
.
Chap.
ix
.
ANd
the
Ile
of
Gréece
is
right
in
the
mid
way
,
and
beside
this
cittie
of
Acon
toward
the
sea
some
viij
hundred
furlongs
on
the
right
hand
toward
the
South
is
the
hill
Carme
where
Elias
the
prophet
dwelled
,
&
there
was
the
order
of
Carmes
first
founded
.
This
hill
is
not
right
great
ne
high
,
and
at
the
foot
of
this
hill
was
somtime
a
good
cittie
of
christian
men
,
that
was
called
Caiphas
,
for
Cayphas
founded
it
,
but
it
is
now
all
wasted
,
&
at
the
left
side
of
the
hill
is
a
towne
that
men
call
Saffre
,
&
that
is
set
vpon
another
hill
,
there
was
Saint
Iames
and
Saint
Iohn
borne
,
&
in
worship
of
them
is
there
a
fayre
church
made
.
And
from
Tholomoda
that
men
now
call
Acon
depiction of a stream flowing into a pool inside a rock, in which sit vessels of various shapes, with a male figure nearby
to
a
great
hill
that
men
call
Ekale
de
Tyrees
is
an
hundred
fourlongs
,
and
beside
that
cittie
of
Acon
runneth
a
little
riuer
that
men
call
Belion
,
and
there
néere
is
the
fosse
of
Minon
all
round
that
is
an
hundred
cubites
or
shaftments
broad
,
and
it
is
all
full
of
grauell
cléere
shining
,
whereof
men
make
white
glasse
cléere
,
and
men
come
from
far
countries
by
ship
,
and
by
land
,
with
carts
to
take
of
the
grauell
,
and
if
there
be
neuer
so
much
taken
therof
on
a
day
,
on
the
morrow
it
is
full
againe
as
euer
it
was
,
and
that
is
great
meruaile
,
and
there
is
alway
winde
in
the
fosse
,
that
striketh
away
the
grauell
&
maketh
it
trouble
.
And
if
a
man
put
therein
any
mettall
,
as
soone
as
it
is
therein
it
waxeth
glasse
,
the
glasse
that
is
made
of
this
grauell
if
it
bée
done
into
the
grauell
turneth
againe
into
the
grauell
as
it
was
before
,
and
some
say
that
it
is
a
gulfe
of
the
sea
grauell
.
How
Sampson
slew
the
King
and
his
enimies
.
Chap.
x.
ALso
from
Acon
before
said
,
men
goe
thrée
dayes
iourney
to
the
Cittie
of
Philisten
,
that
now
is
called
Gaza
,
that
is
a
rich
cittie
,
right
faire
and
full
of
folke
,
and
it
is
a
little
vpon
depiction of a long-haired, bearded male figure or Samson pulling down a pillar on which sat a castle full of people; in the background a male figure blowing a horn
the
Sea
,
and
from
that
Cittie
brought
the
strong
Samson
the
gates
of
the
Cittie
to
an
high
hill
,
and
was
taken
in
the
said
Cittie
,
and
there
he
slew
the
king
in
his
seat
,
and
many
thousands
more
with
him
,
for
hée
made
an
house
to
fall
on
them
.
And
from
thence
shall
men
goe
to
the
cittie
of
Cesarien
,
and
so
to
the
castell
of
Pillerins
,
and
then
to
Askalon
,
and
so
forth
to
Iaphat
,
and
so
vnto
the
holy
cittie
Hierusalem
.
The
way
to
Babilon
whereas
the
Souldan
dwelleth
.
Chap.
xj
.
AND
who
so
will
go
through
the
land
of
Babilon
where
the
Souldan
dwelleth
,
to
haue
leaue
to
goe
more
securely
through
the
churches
and
countries
,
and
to
goe
to
mount
Sinay
before
he
come
to
Hierusalem
,
and
then
turne
againe
by
Hierusalem
,
he
shal
go
from
Gaza
to
the
castell
Dayr
.
And
after
a
man
commeth
out
of
Surry
,
and
goeth
by
the
wildernesse
:
where
the
way
is
full
sandy
,
and
the
wildernesse
lasteth
eight
dayes
iourney
,
where
men
findeth
all
that
them
néedeth
of
vittailes
,
and
men
call
that
wildernesse
Archelleke
,
and
when
a
man
commeth
out
of
this
depiction of a female figure opening her arms to a male figure with arms closed
desert
,
he
entreth
into
Aegypt
,
and
they
call
Aegypt
Canopat
,
and
in
an
other
language
men
call
it
Mersine
,
and
the
first
good
towne
that
men
finde
is
called
Beleth
,
and
it
is
at
the
end
of
the
kingdome
of
Alape
,
and
from
thence
men
come
to
Babilon
,
and
to
Kayre
:
and
in
Babilon
is
a
fayre
Church
of
our
Lady
,
where
shée
dwelled
seauen
yéere
,
when
shée
was
out
of
the
land
of
the
Iewes
,
for
dread
of
king
Herod
.
And
there
lyeth
the
body
of
Saint
Barbara
virgin
,
and
there
dwelled
Ioseph
when
hée
was
sold
of
his
brethren
,
and
there
caused
Nabuchodonosor
to
put
the
children
in
fire
,
for
they
were
of
right
truth
,
the
which
children
men
call
Anania
,
Azaria
,
and
Misaell
(
as
the
Psalme
of
Benedicite
saith
)
but
Nabuchodonosor
called
them
thus
,
Sidrac
,
Misac
and
Abednago
,
that
is
to
say
,
God
glorious
and
victorious
,
God
ouer
all
kingdomes
,
and
that
was
for
miracle
,
that
hée
made
Gods
son
as
he
said
,
goe
with
those
children
through
the
fire
.
There
dwelleth
the
Souldan
,
for
there
is
a
fayre
cittie
,
and
a
strong
Castle
,
and
it
standeth
vpon
a
rock
.
In
that
Castle
is
alway
dwelling
to
kéepe
the
castle
,
and
to
serue
the
Souldan
,
aboue
eight
thousand
persons
,
that
take
all
their
necessaries
of
the
Souldans
Court.
I
well
know
it
for
I
dwelled
with
him
Souldier
in
his
wars
a
great
while
against
the
Bedions
,
and
he
would
haue
wedded
me
to
a
great
princes
daughter
right
richly
,
if
I
would
haue
forsaken
my
faith
.
Yet
here
followeth
of
the
Souldan
and
of
his
kingdomes
that
he
hath
conquered
which
he
holdeth
strongly
with
force
.
Chap.
xij
.
ANd
yée
shal
vnderstand
that
the
Souldan
is
Lord
of
seauen
kingdomes
,
the
which
hée
hath
conquered
and
gotten
to
him
by
strength
,
and
these
be
they
,
the
kingdome
of
Canopate
,
the
kingdome
of
Aegipt
,
the
kingdome
of
Hierusalem
,
wherof
Dauid
and
Salomon
were
kings
:
the
kingdome
of
Surry
,
of
the
which
the
citty
of
Damas
was
the
chiefe
:
the
kingdome
of
Alape
in
the
land
of
Dameth
,
and
the
kingdome
of
Arabia
,
which
was
one
of
the
thrée
kings
shat
made
offering
to
our
Lord
when
hée
was
borne
,
and
many
other
lands
hée
holdeth
in
his
hand
,
and
also
hée
holdeth
Calaphas
,
that
is
a
great
thing
to
the
souldan
,
that
is
to
say
,
among
them
of
Royes
Ile
,
and
this
vale
is
cold
.
depiction of a crowned female figure with a halo or Saint Catherine of Alexandria with hands joined in prayer; behind her a male figure with a sword raised behind his head
And
then
men
goe
vpon
the
mount
of
Saint
Katherin
and
that
is
much
higher
then
the
mount
Moyses
.
And
this
saint
Katherin
was
grauen
in
no
Church
ne
castle
,
ne
other
dwelling
place
,
but
there
is
an
hill
of
stones
gathered
together
,
about
the
place
where
shée
was
buried
there
was
wont
to
be
a
chappell
:
but
it
is
all
cast
downe
,
and
yet
lyeth
there
a
great
part
of
the
stones
.
depiction of three birds carrying olive branches in their mouths to a church; in the doorway stands a monk
But
vnder
the
foot
of
mout
Sina
is
a
monastery
of
Monks
,
and
there
is
the
Church
of
saint
Katherin
,
wherein
be
many
lamps
burning
and
they
haue
oyle
oliue
enough
to
eate
and
to
burne
,
and
that
they
haue
by
miracle
of
God
,
there
come
certaine
of
all
manner
of
birds
euery
yéere
once
like
pilgrims
,
and
each
of
them
bringeth
a
braunch
of
oliue
in
token
of
offering
,
whereof
they
make
much
oyle
.
For
to
returne
from
Sina
to
Hierusalem
.
Chap.
xiij
.
NOw
sithen
a
man
hath
visited
this
holy
place
of
saint
Katherin
,
and
he
will
turne
to
Hierusalem
if
he
shall
first
take
leaue
at
the
Monkes
,
and
recommend
him
specially
to
their
prayers
,
then
those
said
monks
giue
with
a
good
will
to
Pilgrims
,
vittails
to
passe
with
through
the
wildernesse
to
Surry
,
and
that
lasteth
well
xiij
.
dayes
iourney
.
And
in
that
wildernesse
dwell
many
Arabins
that
men
call
Bedions
and
Ascoperds
,
these
are
folke
that
are
full
of
all
manner
of
ill
conditions
,
and
they
haue
no
houses
but
tents
the
which
they
make
of
beasts
skins
,
as
depiction of a bearded figure or Bedouin, kneeling, turning a whole poultry-bird on a spit with his left hand and holding up a fish toward the sun in his right hand
of
Cammels
and
other
beasts
the
which
they
eate
,
and
there
vnder
they
lye
,
and
they
séeke
to
dwell
in
places
where
they
may
find
water
,
néere
the
red
sea
,
for
in
that
wildernes
is
great
default
of
water
,
and
it
falleth
oft
where
a
man
findeth
water
one
time
,
hée
findeth
it
not
another
time
,
and
therefore
make
they
no
houses
in
those
countries
.
These
men
that
I
speake
of
till
not
the
Land
,
for
they
eate
no
bread
,
except
it
bée
such
as
dwell
néere
a
good
towne
,
and
they
rost
their
fishes
and
flesh
vpon
hot
stones
against
the
Sun
,
and
they
are
strong
men
and
well
fighting
,
and
they
doe
nothing
but
chase
wilde
beasts
for
their
sustenance
,
and
they
set
not
by
their
liues
,
therefore
they
dread
not
the
Souldan
,
nor
no
Prince
of
the
world
.
And
they
haue
great
war
with
the
Souldan
,
and
the
same
time
that
I
was
with
the
Souldan
they
bare
but
a
shield
and
a
speare
for
to
defend
them
with
,
and
they
vse
none
other
armour
,
but
they
winde
their
heads
and
necks
in
a
great
linnen
cloth
,
and
they
are
men
of
full
ill
kinde
.
depiction of a male figure wearing a flowing head-dress, with a shield and spear
As
men
are
passed
this
wildernesse
againe
comming
to
Hierusalem
.
Chap.
xiiij
.
AND
when
men
haue
passed
this
wildernesse
toward
Hierusalem
,
they
come
to
Barsabe
that
was
somtime
a
faire
and
a
rich
towne
of
Christian
men
,
and
yet
is
their
some
of
the
churches
left
,
and
in
that
towne
dwelled
Abraham
the
Patriarke
,
this
towne
of
Barsabe
founded
Vrias
wife
of
whom
Dauid
begat
Salomon
the
wise
,
that
was
king
of
Hierusalem
,
and
of
the
xii
.
Tribes
of
Israel
,
and
he
raigned
xl
.
yéere
,
and
from
thence
men
goe
the
vale
of
Ebron
,
that
is
from
thence
néere
xii
.
mile
,
and
some
call
it
the
vale
of
Mambre
,
&
also
it
is
called
the
vale
of
Teares
,
forasmuch
as
Adam
in
that
vale
bewailed
an
hundred
yéere
the
death
of
his
sonne
Abel
that
Caine
slew
.
And
this
Ebron
was
somtime
the
principal
cittie
of
the
Philistines
,
and
there
dwelled
giants
&
there
it
was
so
frée
,
that
all
that
had
done
euill
in
other
places
were
there
saued
.
In
Ebron
Iosua
and
Caleb
,
and
their
company
came
first
to
espie
how
they
might
win
the
land
of
promise
.
In
Ebron
Dauid
raigned
first
viii
.
yéere
and
a
halfe
,
and
in
Hierusalem
hée
raigned
xxxij
.
yéeres
and
a
halfe
,
and
there
bée
the
graues
of
the
Patriarks
,
Adam
,
Abraham
,
Iacob
,
and
their
wiues
,
Eue
,
Sara
,
Rebecca
,
and
they
lye
in
the
side
of
the
hill
:
and
beside
this
hill
is
a
right
faire
Church
builded
after
the
fashion
and
manner
of
a
castle
,
which
the
Sarasins
kéepe
right
well
,
and
they
haue
the
place
in
great
worship
for
the
holy
Patriarkes
that
lye
there
,
and
they
suffer
no
christian
men
ne
Iewes
to
come
therein
,
except
they
haue
speciall
grace
of
the
Souldan
,
for
they
hold
christian
men
&
Iewes
but
as
hounds
,
that
should
come
to
the
holy
place
,
and
they
call
the
place
Spelunke
,
or
double
caue
,
or
double
graue
:
or
one
lyeth
on
an
other
:
and
the
Sarasins
call
it
in
their
language
Caryatherba
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
place
of
the
Patriarkes
,
and
the
Iewes
call
it
Arboth
,
and
in
that
same
place
was
Abrahams
house
,
and
that
was
the
same
Abraham
that
sate
in
his
doore
,
and
saw
thrée
persons
&
worshipped
but
one
as
holy
writ
witnesseth
,
saying
:
Tres
vidit
&
vnum
adorauit
.
That
is
to
say
,
He
saw
thrée
and
worshipped
but
one
,
and
him
tooke
Abraham
into
his
house
.
Here
followeth
a
little
of
Adam
and
Eue
,
and
other
things
.
Chap.
xv
.
depiction of a naked male figure and female figure, or Adam and Eve, with fig leaves
AND
right
néere
to
that
place
is
a
caue
in
a
rock
where
Adam
and
Eue
dwelled
when
they
were
driuen
out
of
Paradise
,
and
there
got
they
their
children
.
And
in
that
same
place
was
Adam
made
as
some
men
say
,
for
men
called
that
place
sometime
the
field
of
Damasse
,
for
it
was
in
the
worship
of
Damasse
,
and
from
thence
he
was
translated
into
Paradise
,
as
they
say
,
and
afterward
he
was
driuen
out
of
Paradise
and
put
there
againe
,
for
the
same
day
that
he
was
put
into
paradise
,
the
same
day
he
was
driuen
out
,
for
as
soone
hée
sinned
.
And
there
beginneth
the
Ile
of
Ebron
that
lasteth
néere
to
Hierusalem
,
and
the
Angell
bad
Adam
that
hée
should
dwell
with
his
wife
and
there
they
begat
Seth
,
of
the
which
kinred
Iesus
Christ
was
borne
.
And
in
that
vale
is
the
field
where
men
draw
out
of
the
earth
a
thing
the
which
men
in
that
country
call
Camball
,
and
they
eate
that
in
stead
of
spice
,
and
they
beare
it
to
sell
,
and
men
cannot
graue
there
so
déepe
,
nor
so
wide
,
but
it
is
at
the
yéeres
end
full
againe
vp
to
the
sides
through
the
grace
of
God
,
and
two
miles
from
Ebron
is
the
graue
of
Lot
that
was
Abrahams
brother
.
Of
the
dry
Tree
.
Chap.
xvj
.
depiction of a tree on top of a mountain
THen
a
little
from
Ebron
is
the
mount
of
Mambre
,
of
the
which
Mount
the
dale
tooke
his
name
,
and
there
is
an
oke
trée
that
the
Sarasins
cal
dypre
,
remaining
since
Abrahams
time
,
that
men
cal
the
dry
trée
,
and
they
say
that
it
hath
béene
from
the
beginning
of
the
world
,
and
was
sometime
gréene
and
bare
leaues
,
vnto
the
time
that
our
Lord
dyed
,
and
so
did
all
the
Trées
of
that
kinde
in
the
world
,
and
yet
is
there
many
of
those
in
the
world
.
And
some
prophesies
say
that
a
Lord
or
Prince
of
the
West
side
of
the
world
shall
win
the
land
of
Promise
,
that
is
the
holy
land
,
with
the
helpe
of
christian
men
,
and
he
shal
worship
God
vnder
that
Trée
,
and
the
Trée
shall
waxe
gréene
and
beare
fruite
and
leaues
,
and
through
that
miracle
many
Sarasins
and
Iewes
shall
bée
turned
to
the
Christian
Faith
,
and
therefore
they
doe
great
Worship
thereto
,
and
kéepe
it
right
charily
.
And
yet
though
it
be
drye
it
hath
a
great
vertue
,
for
certainely
hée
that
hath
a
little
thereof
about
him
,
it
healeth
a
sicknesse
called
the
falling
euill
,
and
hath
also
many
other
vertues
,
and
therefore
it
is
holden
right
precious
.
From
Ebron
to
Bethlehem
.
Chap.
xvij
.
FRom
Ebron
men
goe
to
Bethlehem
in
halfe
a
day
,
for
it
is
but
fiue
mile
,
and
it
is
a
fayre
way
,
and
through
Woods
full
pleasant
.
Bethlehem
is
but
a
little
cittie
long
and
narrow
,
and
was
walled
and
enclosed
with
a
great
ditch
,
and
it
was
wont
to
be
called
Ephrata
,
as
holy
writ
saith
.
Ecce
audiuimus
eum
in
Ephrata
,
&c.
That
is
to
say
,
Loe
wée
heard
of
the
same
at
Ephrata
.
And
toward
the
end
of
the
cittie
toward
the
East
is
a
right
fayre
and
goodly
Church
:
and
it
hath
many
towres
,
and
pinnacles
full
strongly
made
,
and
within
that
Church
is
foure
and
fortie
great
pillers
of
marble
,
and
not
farre
from
this
Church
is
the
field
which
flourished
very
strangely
as
yée
shall
heare
.
Of
a
fayre
mayden
that
should
bee
put
to
death
wrongfully
.
Chap.
xviij
.
THe
cause
is
,
forasmuch
as
a
fayre
mayden
that
was
blamed
with
wrong
,
that
shée
had
done
fornication
,
for
the
which
cause
she
was
déemed
to
die
and
to
be
brent
in
that
place
to
the
which
shée
was
lead
.
And
as
the
wood
began
to
burne
about
her
,
shée
made
her
prayer
to
our
Lord
,
as
shée
was
not
guiltie
of
that
thing
,
that
hee
would
help
her
,
that
it
might
bée
knowne
to
all
men
.
And
when
shée
had
thus
sayd
shée
entred
the
fire
,
and
anone
the
fire
went
out
,
and
those
branches
that
were
burning
became
red
Roses
,
and
those
branches
that
were
not
kindled
became
white
Rosiers
,
full
of
white
Roses
,
and
those
were
the
first
Roses
and
Rosiers
that
any
man
euer
saw
,
and
so
was
the
mayden
saued
through
the
grace
of
God
,
and
therefore
is
that
field
called
the
field
of
God
flourished
,
for
it
was
full
of
Roses
.
Also
beside
the
Quire
of
that
Church
aforesaid
,
at
the
right
side
as
men
come
downeward
xij
.
steps
,
is
the
place
where
our
Lord
was
borne
,
that
is
now
full
well
dight
of
marble
,
and
full
richly
painted
with
gold
,
siluer
,
and
asure
,
and
other
colours
.
And
a
litle
thence
by
thrée
paces
is
the
crib
of
the
Oxe
,
and
the
Asse
,
and
béeside
that
is
the
place
where
the
Star
fell
that
lead
the
thrée
kings
,
Iasper
,
Melchisor
and
Balthasor
,
but
men
of
Gréece
call
the
kings
thus
,
Galgalath
,
Saraphy
,
Galgalath
,
these
thrée
kings
offered
to
our
Lord
,
Incence
,
Gold
and
Mirre
,
and
they
came
together
through
the
miracle
of
God
,
for
they
mette
together
in
a
cittie
that
men
call
Chasake
,
that
is
iiii
daies
iourney
from
Bethlehem
,
and
there
they
were
at
Bethlehem
the
fourth
day
after
they
had
séene
the
Starre
.
And
vnder
the
Cloyster
of
this
Church
xviii
degrées
at
the
right
side
is
a
great
pit
where
the
bones
of
the
Innocents
lye
,
and
by
that
place
is
the
tombe
of
Saint
Hierom
,
that
was
a
Priest
and
a
Cardinal
that
translated
the
Bible
and
the
Psalter
out
of
Ebrew
into
Latine
,
and
beside
that
Church
is
a
Church
of
Saint
Nicholas
where
our
Lady
rested
her
when
shée
was
deliuered
of
childe
,
and
forasmuch
as
shée
had
so
much
milke
in
her
paps
that
it
grieued
her
,
shée
milked
it
out
vpon
the
red
stones
or
Marble
,
so
that
yet
may
the
traces
bée
séene
white
vpon
the
stones
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
all
that
dwell
in
Bethlehem
are
Christians
,
and
there
are
fayre
vines
all
about
the
Cittie
,
and
great
plentie
of
wine
,
but
their
booke
that
Mahomet
betooke
them
,
the
which
they
call
Alcaron
,
and
some
call
it
Massap
,
and
some
call
it
Harme
,
forbiddeth
them
to
drinke
any
wine
,
for
in
that
booke
Mahomet
curseth
all
those
that
drincke
of
that
wine
and
all
that
sell
it
,
and
some
men
say
,
that
hée
once
slew
a
good
hermit
in
his
dronkennesse
whom
hée
loued
much
,
and
therefore
hée
cursed
the
wine
and
them
that
dronke
wine
,
but
his
malice
is
turned
to
himselfe
as
holy
writ
saith
.
Et
in
verticem
ipsius
iniquitas
eius
discendit
.
That
is
to
say
in
English
.
His
wickednesse
shall
descend
on
his
owne
head
.
And
also
the
Sarasins
bréed
no
Géese
ne
they
eate
no
swines
flesh
,
for
they
say
it
is
brother
to
man
,
and
that
it
was
forbidden
in
the
old
law
.
Also
in
the
land
of
Palistine
and
in
the
land
of
Aegypt
they
eat
litle
Veale
and
Béefe
,
except
it
be
so
olde
that
it
may
no
more
trauaile
ne
worke
,
not
that
it
is
forbidden
,
but
they
kéepe
them
for
tilling
of
their
land
.
In
this
Cittie
of
Bethlehem
was
king
Dauid
borne
,
and
hée
had
fortie
wiues
,
and
thrée
hundred
Concubines
.
At
Bethlehem
toward
the
South
side
is
a
Church
of
saint
Markerot
that
was
Abbot
there
,
for
whom
they
made
much
sorrow
when
hée
dyed
,
and
it
is
painted
there
how
they
made
dole
when
he
dyed
,
and
it
is
a
pittious
thing
to
behold
.
From
Bethlehem
to
Hierusalem
is
two
myle
,
and
in
the
way
to
Hierusalem
halfe
a
mile
from
Bethlehem
is
a
Church
where
the
Angell
told
the
Shepheards
of
the
birth
of
Christ
:
in
that
way
is
the
tombe
of
Rachel
that
was
mother
to
Ioseph
the
Patriarke
,
and
shée
dyed
as
soone
as
shée
had
borne
Beniamin
,
and
there
shée
was
buried
,
and
Iacob
her
Husband
set
xij
.
great
stones
vpon
her
,
betokening
that
she
had
borne
xii
.
children
.
In
this
way
to
Hierusalem
are
many
Christian
Churches
by
the
way
which
men
goe
to
Hierusalem
.
Of
the
Cittie
Hierusalem
.
Chap.
xix
.
FOr
to
speake
of
Hierusalem
,
ye
shall
vnderstand
that
it
standeth
faire
among
hils
,
and
there
is
neither
riuer
nor
well
:
but
water
commeth
by
conduite
from
Ebron
,
and
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
men
called
it
first
Iebus
,
and
sithen
it
was
called
Salem
vnto
the
time
of
king
Dauid
,
and
hée
set
those
two
names
together
,
and
called
it
Hierusalem
,
and
so
it
is
called
yet
,
and
about
Hierusalem
is
the
kingdome
of
Surry
,
and
thereby
is
the
land
of
Palestine
and
Askalon
,
but
Hierusalem
is
in
the
land
of
Iuda
,
and
it
is
called
Iuda
for
Iudas
Machabeus
was
king
of
that
land
,
and
also
it
marcheth
afterward
on
the
kingdome
of
Araby
,
on
the
South
side
on
the
land
of
Aegypt
,
on
the
west
side
on
the
great
sea
,
on
the
North
side
on
the
kingdome
of
Surry
,
and
the
sea
of
Cipres
.
About
Hierusalem
are
these
citties
.
Ebron
at
eight
myle
,
Ierico
at
sixe
mile
,
Barsebe
at
eight
myle
,
Askalon
at
eightéene
mile
,
Iaffe
at
twentie
and
fiue
myle
,
Ramatha
at
foure
myle
.
This
Land
of
Hierusalem
hary
beene
in
the
hands
of
diuers
Nations
,
as
Iewes
,
Cananites
,
Assyrians
,
Persians
,
Masedonians
,
Gréekes
,
Romaynes
,
and
Christian
men
,
also
Sarasins
,
Barbarians
,
Turkes
,
and
many
other
Nations
.
For
Christ
will
not
that
it
bée
long
in
the
hands
of
traitours
nor
sinners
,
bée
they
Christians
or
other
.
And
now
hath
the
misbeléeuing
men
holden
that
Land
in
their
hands
thréescore
yéeres
and
more
,
but
they
shall
not
hold
it
long
and
if
God
will
.
Yet
of
this
holy
Cittie
Hierusalem
.
Chap.
xx
.
AND
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
when
men
first
come
to
Hierusalem
they
go
first
a
pilgrimage
to
the
church
,
where
that
the
holy
graue
is
,
the
which
is
out
of
the
cittie
on
the
north
side
:
but
it
is
now
closed
in
with
the
wall
of
the
towne
,
and
there
is
a
full
faire
Church
rounde
,
all
open
aboue
,
and
well
couered
with
lead
,
and
on
the
west
side
is
a
faire
Towre
and
a
strong
for
belles
:
and
in
the
middest
of
depiction of a round tower with an oil lamp hanging to one side
the
church
is
a
tabernacle
made
like
a
little
house
,
in
manner
of
halfe
a
Compasse
,
right
well
and
richly
of
gold
and
asure
and
other
colors
wel
dight
and
on
the
right
side
is
the
sepulchre
of
our
Lord
:
and
the
tabernacle
is
viij
.
foote
long
and
fiue
foote
wide
,
&
xj
.
foote
of
height
:
and
it
is
not
long
since
the
Sepulcher
was
all
open
,
and
men
might
then
touch
it
:
but
béecause
men
that
came
thether
,
spoyled
and
also
brake
the
stones
in
péeces
to
pouder
,
therefore
the
Souldan
hath
made
a
wall
about
the
Sepulcher
that
no
man
may
touch
it
.
On
the
left
side
is
a
window
,
and
therein
is
many
lamps
light
,
and
there
is
a
lamp
that
hangeth
before
the
sepulcher
light
burning
,
and
on
the
Friday
it
goeth
out
by
it
felfe
,
and
lighteneth
againe
by
it selfe
,
at
the
houre
as
our
Lord
rose
from
death
to
life
.
And
within
that
church
vpon
that
right
side
on
the
mount
Caluary
,
where
our
Lord
was
crucified
,
and
the
crosse
was
set
in
a
morteys
in
the
rock
,
that
is
white
of
coulour
,
and
mingled
with
a
little
red
,
and
vpon
that
rock
dropped
the
bloud
of
the
wounds
of
our
Lord
when
hée
was
pained
on
the
crosse
,
and
that
is
called
Galgatha
,
and
men
go
vp
to
that
Galgatha
vpon
steps
,
and
in
that
mortyes
,
was
Adams
head
found
atter
Noes
Floud
,
in
token
that
the
sins
of
Adam
should
be
redéemed
in
the
same
place
,
and
aboue
that
rock
made
Abraham
sacrifice
to
our
Lord
,
and
there
is
an
aulter
,
and
before
that
aulter
lyeth
Godfray
of
Boleyn
,
Bawdewin
,
and
other
that
were
Christians
&
kings
of
Hierusalem
.
And
there
as
our
Lord
was
crucified
is
this
written
in
Gréek
.
O
Theos
,
basilon
ysmon
,
persemas
,
ergast
,
sothyas
ayos
.
That
is
to
say
in
Latin
.
Hic
Deus
,
Rex
noster
ante
secula
operatus
est
salutem
in
medio
terrae
.
That
is
to
say
.
This
God
our
king
before
worlds
,
hath
wrought
health
in
the
midst
of
the
earth
.
And
also
vpon
this
rock
where
the
Crosse
was
fixed
is
written
within
the
rock
,
Gros
guyst
basys
tou
pestes
thoy
thesmosy
.
That
is
to
say
in
Latine
,
Quod
vides
est
fundamenta
totius
mundi
&
huius
fidei
.
And
it
is
to
say
,
that
thou
séest
is
ground
of
all
the
word
,
and
of
this
faith
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
our
Lord
when
hée
dyed
was
thirtie
and
two
yéere
olde
and
thrée
monethes
,
and
the
prophesie
of
Dauid
saith
that
hée
should
liue
fortie
yéeres
,
when
hée
sayth
thus
.
Quadraginta
annis
proximus
fui
generationi
huic
.
That
is
to
say
,
Fortie
yéere
was
I
neighbour
to
this
kinde
,
and
thus
should
it
séeme
that
Prophesie
were
not
true
,
but
it
is
.
For
in
old
time
men
called
yéeres
of
ten
moneths
,
of
the
which
March
was
the
first
,
and
December
the
last
.
But
Caius
Caesar
that
was
Emperour
of
Roome
did
set
to
these
two
Monethes
Ianuary
and
Februarie
,
and
ordained
the
yéere
of
twelue
moneths
.
That
is
to
say
,
thrée
hundred
dayes
without
leape
yéere
the
proper
course
of
the
Sun
,
and
therefore
after
the
accounting
of
ten
moneths
to
the
yéere
hée
dyed
in
fortie
yéere
,
&
after
our
yéeres
of
twelue
moneths
it
is
thirtie
two
yéere
and
thrée
moneths
.
Also
within
mount
Caluery
at
the
right
side
is
there
an
alter
where
the
piller
lyeth
that
our
Lord
was
bound
to
,
when
depiction of four pillars, one with a rope wound around it, the other three with water drops falling off them
he
was
scourged
,
and
thereby
are
thrée
other
pillers
,
that
alway
drop
water
,
&
some
say
that
those
pillers
wéepe
for
our
Lords
death
,
and
néere
this
aulter
in
a
place
xlii
.
steps
déepe
was
founde
the
verie
Crosse
by
the
assent
of
Saint
Eleyne
vnder
a
rock
where
the
Iewes
had
hyd
it
,
and
it
was
assayed
,
for
they
found
thrée
crosses
,
one
of
our
Lord
,
and
two
of
the
théeues
.
And
saint
Eleine
assaied
them
on
a
dead
body
,
that
rose
as
soone
as
the
very
crosse
of
our
Lord
was
layd
vpon
him
.
And
thereby
in
the
vale
is
the
place
where
the
foure
nayles
of
our
Lord
were
hid
,
for
hée
had
two
nayles
in
his
hands
,
and
two
in
his
féete
,
and
with
one
of
those
nayles
the
Emperour
of
Constantinople
did
make
a
bridle
for
his
horse
to
beare
him
in
battaile
,
for
by
the
vertue
that
it
had
,
hée
ouercame
his
enimies
,
and
won
all
the
land
of
Asia
,
Turky
,
Damasse
the
more
and
the
lesse
,
Surry
and
Hierusalem
,
Araby
,
Persia
,
and
Mesopotamie
,
the
kingdome
of
Alebe
,
Aegypt
the
high
and
the
low
,
and
other
kingdomes
many
,
full
nigh
all
vnto
Ethyope
the
low
,
and
also
vnto
Inde
the
lesse
,
that
then
was
christned
:
and
there
was
in
that
time
many
good
men
and
holy
hermits
,
of
whom
the
booke
of
the
Fathers
liues
speaketh
,
and
there
are
now
in
them
Panims
and
Sarasins
,
but
when
God
will
as
these
lands
are
lost
through
the
sin
of
Christian
men
,
so
shall
they
bée
won
againe
by
christian
men
through
the
helpe
of
God
.
And
in
the
middest
of
this
Church
is
a
compasse
,
in
the
which
Ioseph
of
Aramathia
laid
the
body
of
our
Lord
when
he
had
taken
him
oft
the
crosse
,
and
vpon
the
same
place
did
he
wash
the
féete
of
our
Lord
,
and
that
compasse
men
say
is
the
middest
of
the
world
.
Of
the
Church
of
the
holy
Sepulcher
.
Chap.
xxi
.
IN
that
Church
by
the
Sepulcher
,
on
the
North
side
,
is
the
place
where
our
Lord
was
imprisoned
,
and
there
is
a
part
of
the
chaine
with
the
which
he
was
bound
,
and
there
hée
appeared
first
to
Marie
Magdalene
when
hée
was
risen
from
death
,
and
shée
thought
hée
had
béene
a
gardiner
.
In
the
Church
of
the
Sepulcher
was
wont
to
bée
Cannons
of
saint
Benet
,
and
they
had
a
Priourie
,
and
the
Patriarke
was
their
Soueraigne
:
and
without
the
doores
of
the
Church
on
the
right
side
as
men
goe
vp
xviii
.
steps
,
our
Lord
said
to
his
mother
,
Mulier
,
Ecce
filius
tuus
.
That
is
to
say
:
Woman
behold
thy
Sonne
.
Deinde
dixit
discipulo
.
Ecce
mater
tua
.
That
is
to
say
:
Then
said
hée
to
his
Disciple
.
Beholde
thy
mother
.
And
these
words
hée
said
when
hée
hanged
vpon
the
Crosse
,
and
vpon
the
steps
went
our
Lord
when
hée
bare
the
Crosse
vpon
his
shoulder
,
and
vnder
these
staires
is
a
Chappell
where
the
Priests
sing
.
And
néere
there
is
the
stone
where
our
Lord
rested
him
when
hée
was
weary
with
bearing
of
the
Crosse
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
before
the
Church
of
the
Sepulcher
is
the
Cittie
most
strong
and
the
great
plaine
that
is
betwéene
the
Cittie
and
the
Church
,
on
the
East
side
without
the
walles
of
the
Cittie
,
is
the
vale
of
Iosophat
that
commeth
to
the
walles
.
In
this
vale
of
Iosophat
without
the
Cittie
is
the
Church
of
Saint
Stephen
where
he
was
stoned
to
death
,
and
thereby
is
the
gate
builded
that
may
not
bée
opened
.
Through
this
gate
our
Lord
entered
on
Palme
Sunday
vpon
an
Asse
,
and
the
gate
opened
vnto
him
when
hée
would
goe
to
the
Temple
,
and
yet
are
the
steps
of
the
Asse
séene
in
thrée
places
,
the
which
stand
in
full
hard
stones
.
Before
the
Church
of
the
sepulcher
two
hundred
paces
is
a
great
hospitall
of
Saint
Iohn
,
in
the
which
hospitall
are
liiii
pillers
made
of
stone
.
And
to
goe
depiction of a male figure or Saint Stephen kneeling, while two other men, one wearing a helmet and the other wearing a crown, throw stones at him
toward
the
East
from
the
hospitall
is
a
right
faire
church
that
men
call
our
Lady
the
great
,
and
then
is
there
another
church
by
that
,
that
men
call
our
Lady
of
the
Latine
:
and
there
it
.
was
that
Mary
Cleophe
,
&
Mary
Magdalene
rent
their
haire
when
our
Lord
was
put
to
death
,
Of
the
temple
of
God
.
Chap.
xxij
.
AND
from
the
Church
of
the
sepulcher
,
toward
the
East
at
xvii
.
paces
is
Templum
Domini
.
That
is
a
faire
house
and
it
is
all
round
,
and
right
high
,
and
couered
with
lead
,
and
it
is
well
paued
with
white
marble
,
but
the
Sarasins
will
suffer
no
Christians
ne
Iewes
to
come
therein
,
for
they
say
,
that
so
sinful
men
should
not
come
into
that
holy
place
,
but
I
was
suffered
to
go
in
,
and
into
other
places
where
I
would
,
for
I
had
letters
of
the
Souldan
,
with
his
great
seale
,
&
commonly
other
men
haue
but
of
his
signet
,
and
men
beare
his
letter
with
his
seale
before
them
,
hanging
on
a
Speare
,
and
men
doe
great
worship
thereto
,
and
knéele
against
it
as
it
were
against
Gods
body
,
for
those
men
that
it
is
sent
to
,
before
they
take
it
,
they
bow
thereto
,
and
then
they
take
it
and
lay
it
vpon
their
heads
,
and
afterward
they
kisse
it
depiction of a temple with a statue of a human figure on either side of the door, and a head above the door
and
then
they
read
it
all
bowing
with
great
worship
,
&
then
they
proffer
them
to
do
all
that
the
bringer
will
.
And
in
this
Templum
Domini
were
wont
to
bée
Chanons
regulers
,
and
they
had
an
Abbot
to
whom
they
were
obedient
.
In
this
Temple
was
Charlemaine
when
the
Angell
brought
him
the
Prepuis
of
our
Lord
when
he
was
circumcised
,
and
after
king
Charles
brought
it
to
Acon
into
our
Ladies
chaypell
.
Yet
of
the
Temple
of
God
.
Chap.
xxiij
.
AND
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
this
is
not
the
temple
that
Salomon
made
,
for
that
temple
lasted
but
a
thousand
an
hundred
and
two
yéere
.
For
Titus
Vespasianus
sonne
,
that
was
Emperour
of
Rome
that
layd
siege
about
Hierusalem
,
for
to
discomfite
the
Iewes
,
for
that
they
had
put
Christ
to
death
without
leaue
of
the
Emperour
,
when
hée
had
taken
the
Cittie
,
hée
did
burne
the
Temple
,
and
cast
it
downe
,
and
tooke
all
the
Iewes
,
and
put
to
death
eleuen
hundred
thousand
and
the
other
hée
put
in
prison
,
&
sold
xxx
.
for
a
pennie
,
for
hée
said
that
they
bought
Iesus
Christ
for
xxx
.
pence
.
And
since
gaue
Iulian
Apostatate
leaue
to
the
Iewes
to
make
the
Temple
of
Hierusalem
againe
,
for
hée
hated
Christians
,
&
yet
hée
was
a
Christian
,
but
hée
forsooke
his
law
.
And
when
the
Iewes
had
builded
againe
the
Temple
then
came
an
earthquake
(
as
God
would
)
&
cast
downe
all
that
they
had
made
.
Since
that
Adrian
the
Emperour
who
was
of
them
of
Troy
made
Hierusalem
againe
,
and
the
Temple
in
that
same
manner
that
Salomon
made
it
,
and
commanded
that
no
Iewe
should
dwell
there
but
Christians
,
and
although
hée
himselfe
was
not
a
Christian
,
yet
hée
loued
the
Christians
more
then
other
men
,
saue
men
of
his
owne
faith
.
And
this
Emperour
did
inclose
and
wall
the
Church
of
the
holy
Sepulcher
within
the
cittie
,
that
before
was
far
without
the
cittie
,
and
hée
would
haue
changed
the
name
of
Hierusalem
and
called
it
Heliam
,
but
that
name
lasted
not
long
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
the
Sarasins
doe
great
worship
in
that
Temple
,
and
they
say
that
place
is
right
holy
,
and
when
they
goe
therein
they
goe
bare
foote
and
knéele
many
times
downe
.
And
when
I
and
my
fellowes
came
therein
,
wée
put
off
our
harneise
,
and
came
bare
foote
into
the
Temple
,
and
thought
that
wée
ought
to
do
as
much
or
more
then
they
that
were
Infidels
.
And
this
Temple
is
thréescore
and
thrée
cubites
in
widenesse
,
and
as
much
in
length
,
and
thirtie
two
cubites
in
height
,
and
couered
with
lead
,
and
it
is
within
full
of
pillers
of
marble
.
And
in
the
midst
of
the
Temple
is
an
alter
of
twentie
and
foure
steps
of
height
,
and
good
pillers
all
about
.
This
place
the
Iewes
called
Sancta
sanctorum
.
That
is
to
say
,
holy
of
holiest
,
and
in
that
place
commeth
none
but
their
prelate
that
maketh
their
sacrifice
,
and
the
people
stand
all
about
in
diuers
Seates
,
as
they
are
of
dignitie
and
worship
:
and
there
bée
foure
enterings
into
the
Temple
,
and
the
doores
are
of
Cipres
well
dight
,
and
within
the
East
doore
our
Lord
said
,
here
is
Hierusalem
.
And
on
the
North
side
within
the
doore
is
a
fountaine
but
it
runneth
not
:
of
the
which
holy
writ
speaketh
and
saith
,
Vidi
aquam
egredientem
de
templo
.
That
is
to
say
,
I
saw
water
comming
out
of
the
Temple
.
And
vpon
the
other
side
is
a
rock
that
men
called
some
time
Moryach
(
but
after
it
was
called
Belet
)
and
the
arke
of
God
,
with
the
reliques
of
the
Iewes
.
This
arke
did
Titus
carry
with
him
to
Roome
,
when
hée
had
discomfited
all
the
Iewes
.
In
that
same
arke
were
the
ten
commandements
,
and
Aarons
rod
,
and
Moyses
rod
,
with
which
hée
parted
the
red
sea
,
when
the
people
of
Israell
passed
through
on
dry
foote
,
and
with
that
rod
hée
did
many
wonders
,
and
there
was
the
vessell
of
gold
full
of
manna
,
and
clothing
and
ornaments
,
and
the
tabernacle
of
Aaron
,
&
a
table
square
of
Gold
with
twelue
precious
stones
,
and
a
boxe
of
Iaspes
grauen
with
foure
fingers
,
and
eight
names
of
our
Lord
within
,
and
seuen
candlestickes
of
Gold
,
and
foure
censers
of
Gold
,
and
an
aulter
also
of
fine
gold
,
and
foure
Lyons
of
gold
,
vpon
the
which
they
had
a
Cherubin
of
Gold
twelue
spans
long
,
and
a
Tabernacle
of
Gold
,
and
also
xij
.
trumpets
of
siluer
,
and
a
table
of
siluer
,
and
seauen
Barly
loaues
,
and
all
other
reliques
that
were
before
the
natiuitie
of
Iesu
.
Also
vpon
this
rock
slept
Iacob
when
hée
saw
Angels
goe
vp
and
downe
,
and
said
.
Vere
locus
iste
sanctus
est
,
&
ego
ignorabam
.
That
is
to
say
,
Surely
this
place
is
holy
,
and
I
wist
not
.
And
there
the
Angell
changed
Iacobs
name
and
called
him
Israell
.
And
in
that
same
place
Dauid
saw
the
Angell
that
slew
the
people
with
a
sword
,
and
put
it
all
bloody
in
the
sheth
.
And
in
this
rock
was
Saint
Simeon
when
hée
receiued
our
Lord
into
the
Temple
,
and
on
this
rock
he
set
him
when
the
Iewes
would
haue
stoned
him
,
and
the
rock
rent
in
two
,
and
in
that
reste
hée
hid
him
,
and
after
came
downe
and
gaue
him
light
.
And
on
this
rock
sate
our
Lady
and
learned
her
Psalter
.
And
there
forgaue
our
Lord
the
sinnes
to
the
woman
that
was
taken
and
found
in
Adultery
,
and
there
was
our
Lord
Iesus
Christ
circumcised
,
and
there
the
Angell
denounced
to
Zachary
the
Natiuitie
of
Saint
Iohn
Baptist
,
and
there
offered
first
Melchisedech
bread
and
wine
&
water
to
our
Lord
,
in
token
of
the
Sacrament
that
was
to
come
,
and
there
fell
Dauid
praying
to
our
Lord
for
mercy
,
for
him
and
for
his
people
,
when
hée
saw
the
Angell
slay
his
people
,
and
our
Lord
anone
heard
his
prayer
,
and
therefore
would
hée
make
the
temple
in
that
place
,
but
our
Lord
Iesus
Christ
forbad
him
by
an
Angel
,
for
he
had
committed
murther
in
consenting
to
the
slaying
of
the
good
knight
Vrias
,
for
to
haue
his
wife
.
And
therfore
all
that
he
had
ordained
for
to
make
the
Temple
,
hée
betooke
it
to
Salomon
his
sonne
,
and
he
made
it
,
and
he
prayed
our
Lord
that
all
those
that
prayed
in
that
place
deuoutly
and
with
good
heart
,
that
he
would
heare
their
prayer
,
and
graunt
that
they
asked
right
wisely
,
and
our
Lord
graunted
it
,
and
therfore
Salomons
sonne
called
it
the
Temple
of
counsell
and
help
of
God
.
Without
the
doores
of
that
Temple
is
an
aulter
where
Iewes
were
wont
to
offer
Doues
and
Turtilles
,
and
in
that
Temple
was
Zachery
slaine
,
and
on
the
pinacle
the
Iewes
set
Saint
Iames
that
was
the
first
Bishop
of
Hierusalem
.
And
a
little
from
this
Temple
on
the
right
side
is
a
church
couered
with
Lead
,
that
is
called
the
schoole
of
Salomon
.
And
toward
the
South
is
the
Temple
of
Salon
that
is
a
full
fayre
and
a
great
place
,
and
in
this
place
dwell
Knights
,
who
are
called
Templers
,
and
they
were
the
founders
thereof
and
of
their
order
,
and
in
that
Templum
Domini
dwelled
Chanons
.
From
this
Temple
toward
the
East
xxvi
.
paces
in
a
corner
of
the
Cittie
,
is
the
Bathe
of
our
Lord
,
and
this
Bathe
was
wont
to
goe
to
Paradise
,
and
beside
is
our
Ladyes
bed
,
and
néere
there
by
is
the
Tombe
of
saint
Simeon
.
And
without
the
Cloyster
of
the
Temple
toward
the
North
is
a
right
fayre
Church
of
Saint
Anne
our
Ladies
mother
,
and
there
was
our
Lady
conceiued
,
and
before
that
Church
is
a
great
trée
,
which
began
to
grow
that
same
night
.
And
as
men
go
downe
from
the
Church
xxij
.
steps
,
lyeth
Ioachim
our
Ladyes
Father
in
a
Tombe
of
stone
,
and
there
néere
was
layd
sometime
Saint
Anne
,
but
Saint
Eline
did
translate
her
to
Constantinople
.
In
this
Church
is
a
well
in
manner
of
a
cesterne
,
that
is
called
(
Probatica
piscina
)
that
hath
fiue
entrings
,
and
in
that
cesterne
was
wont
an
Angell
to
descend
and
stir
the
water
,
and
what
man
that
bathed
him
first
therein
after
the
stirring
,
was
made
whole
that
was
sicke
,
what
sicknesse
so
euer
hée
had
:
and
there
was
the
man
of
the
Palsie
made
whole
,
that
was
sicke
xxxviii
.
yéere
,
and
our
Lord
sayd
to
him
in
this
manner
of
wise
(
Tolle
grabatum
tuum
et
ambula
)
That
is
to
say
,
take
vp
thy
bed
and
walke
.
And
there
beside
was
the
house
of
Pilate
,
and
a
little
thence
was
the
house
of
king
Herode
that
did
slay
the
Innocents
.
Of
Herod
the
King
.
Chap.
xxiiij
.
THis
king
Herode
was
a
full
wicked
man
and
a
fell
,
for
he
did
first
and
formost
slay
his
wife
,
whom
hée
loued
full
well
,
and
for
the
great
loue
of
her
,
hée
went
out
of
his
witte
,
and
so
was
hée
a
long
time
,
and
afterward
hée
came
againe
to
himselfe
.
And
after
hée
slew
his
owne
children
that
hée
had
begotten
of
the
said
wife
,
and
commaunded
likewise
his
second
wife
to
bée
slaine
,
and
a
sonne
that
hée
had
begotten
of
her
,
and
after
that
hée
slew
his
owne
mother
,
and
hée
would
also
haue
slaine
his
owne
brother
,
but
his
brother
dyed
sodainely
,
and
thus
hée
did
all
the
ill
that
he
might
.
And
then
he
fel
sick
,
and
when
hée
saw
that
hée
should
dye
,
hée
sent
for
his
sister
&
all
the
great
Lords
of
the
country
,
and
when
they
were
there
,
hée
did
put
all
the
Lords
into
a
towre
,
and
said
to
his
sister
,
hée
wist
well
that
the
men
of
the
country
would
make
no
sorrow
for
him
when
hée
was
dead
,
and
therefore
hée
made
her
for
to
sweare
vnto
him
that
shée
should
smite
off
the
heads
of
the
Lords
euery
one
after
his
death
,
and
then
would
men
of
the
Country
make
sorrow
for
his
death
,
in
regard
of
the
Noble
mens
death
,
and
then
he
made
his
last
testament
.
But
his
sister
fulfilled
it
not
as
pertaining
vnto
the
death
of
the
Lords
,
for
as
soone
as
hée
was
dead
,
she
deliuered
the
Lords
out
of
the
towre
and
sent
euery
one
home
to
their
houses
and
told
them
what
her
Brother
commanded
her
to
doe
vnto
them
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
in
that
time
was
thrée
Herodes
of
great
name
.
This
of
whom
I
speake
,
was
called
Herode
Ascolonite
,
and
hée
that
did
smite
of
Saint
Iohn
Baptists
head
,
was
called
Herod
Antipa
,
and
the
third
was
called
Herod
Agrippa
,
and
hée
did
slay
Saint
Iames
,
and
put
Saint
Peter
in
prison
.
Of
Saint
Saluators
Church
.
Chap.
xxv
.
depiction of the disembodied, haloed head of Saint Stephen and the disembodied arm of Saint John Chrysostom with two fingers and thumb extended in blessing
depiction of a haloed male figure, or Saint James, kneeling with hands joined in prayer; behind him a male figure with a sword raised behind his head
Also
mount
Sion
is
within
the
cittie
,
and
it
is
a
little
higher
then
the
other
side
of
the
cittie
,
and
that
Cittie
is
stronger
on
that
one
side
then
on
the
other
,
for
at
the
foote
of
mount
Sion
is
a
faire
castle
and
strong
which
the
Souldan
did
cause
to
bée
made
there
.
On
mount
Sion
was
king
Dauid
buryed
and
Salomon
,
and
many
other
kings
of
Hierusalem
,
and
there
is
the
place
where
Saint
Peter
wept
full
tenderly
,
when
hée
had
denyed
our
Lord
:
and
a
stones
cast
from
that
is
another
place
where
our
Lord
was
iudged
,
for
at
that
time
was
Caiphas
house
there
,
and
betwéene
the
Temple
of
Salomon
and
mount
Sion
is
the
place
where
Christ
raised
the
mayden
from
death
to
life
.
Vnder
mount
Sion
toward
the
vale
of
Iosaphat
is
a
well
that
men
call
Natatorie
Silo
,
there
was
our
Lord
washed
after
he
was
baptised
.
And
thereby
is
the
trée
on
the
which
Iudas
hanged
himselfe
for
dispaire
when
hée
had
sold
&
betraied
Christ
.
depiction of a male figure or Judas Iscariot hanged in a tree, while a winged demon or devil removes the personification of his soul via his stomach
And
thereby
is
the
Sinagogue
where
the
Bishops
of
the
Iewes
and
Pharasies
came
to
hold
their
counsell
,
and
there
Iudas
cast
the
xxx
.
pence
before
them
and
said
.
Peccaui
tradens
sanguinem
iustum
,
That
is
to
say
,
I
haue
sinned
in
betraying
the
innocent
bloud
.
Of
the
field
of
Acheldemack
which
was
bought
with
the
xxx
.
pence
.
Chap.
xxvi
.
ON
the
other
side
of
mount
Sion
toward
the
South
a
stones
cast
,
is
the
field
that
they
bought
with
those
xxx
.
pence
for
the
which
Christ
was
sold
,
that
men
call
Acheldemack
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
field
of
blood
,
in
that
fild
is
many
tombes
of
Christian
men
,
for
there
bée
many
pilgrims
grauen
.
And
also
in
Hierusalem
toward
the
West
is
a
fayre
Church
,
where
the
trée
grew
of
the
which
the
crosse
was
made
,
and
thereby
is
a
fayre
Church
where
our
Lady
met
with
Elizabeth
when
they
were
both
with
childe
,
&
Saint
Iohn
stirred
in
his
mothers
wombe
,
and
made
worship
to
our
Lord
his
maker
:
and
vnder
the
aulter
of
this
Church
is
a
place
where
Saint
Iohn
was
borne
,
and
thereby
is
the
Castell
of
Emax
.
Of
Mount
Ioy
.
Chap.
xxvij
.
TWo
mile
from
Hierusalem
is
the
mount
Ioy
,
that
is
a
faire
place
and
a
liking
,
and
there
lyeth
Samuel
the
prophet
in
a
faire
tombe
,
and
it
is
called
mount
Ioy
,
for
there
those
that
trauaile
sée
first
Hierusalem
.
And
in
the
middle
of
the
vale
of
Iosaphat
is
a
little
riuer
that
is
called
Torrens
Cedron
,
and
ouerthwart
this
,
lay
a
trée
of
the
which
the
Crosse
was
made
that
men
passed
ouer
.
Also
in
this
vale
is
a
Church
of
our
Lady
,
and
there
is
the
sepulcher
of
our
Lady
,
and
shée
was
lxxij
.
yéeres
of
age
when
shée
dyed
,
and
there
néere
is
the
place
where
our
Lord
forgaue
Saint
Peter
all
his
sinnes
and
misdéedes
that
hée
had
done
.
And
béeside
that
,
is
a
Chappell
where
Iudas
kissed
our
Lord
,
that
men
call
Gethsemaine
,
and
hée
was
taken
of
the
Iewes
,
and
there
left
Christ
his
Disciples
before
his
passion
,
when
hée
went
to
pray
,
and
said
.
Pater
si
fieri
potest
transeat
a
me
calix
ista
,
that
is
to
say
in
English
.
Father
if
it
may
bée
done
,
let
this
Cup
passe
from
me
.
And
therby
is
a
Chappel
where
our
Lord
swet
both
blood
and
water
,
and
there
is
the
tombe
of
king
Iosaphat
,
of
whom
the
vale
had
the
name
,
and
on
the
side
of
that
vale
is
the
mount
Oliuet
,
and
it
is
called
so
,
for
there
groweth
many
Oliue
trées
,
and
it
is
higher
then
Hierusalem
,
and
therefore
from
that
hill
men
may
sée
into
the
stréetes
of
Hierusalem
,
and
betwéene
the
hill
&
the
Cittie
is
nothing
but
the
vale
of
Iosaphat
,
and
that
is
not
very
large
,
and
vpon
that
hill
stoode
our
Lord
when
hée
went
into
heauen
,
and
yet
séemeth
there
the
step
of
his
lefte
foote
in
the
stone
,
and
there
is
an
abbey
of
black
Chanons
that
was
great
sometime
,
but
now
is
there
but
a
Church
.
And
a
little
thence
xviij
.
paces
is
a
Chappell
,
and
there
is
the
stone
on
the
which
our
Lord
God
sate
,
when
hée
preached
and
said
thus
.
Beati
pauperes
spiritu
,
quoniam
ipsorum
est
regnum
coelorum
,
that
is
to
say
in
English
.
Blessed
bée
they
that
are
poore
in
spirit
,
for
theirs
is
the
kingdome
of
heauen
,
and
there
hée
taught
his
Disciples
their
Pater
noster
.
There
also
is
a
Church
of
that
blessed
woman
Mary
Egyptian
,
and
there
is
shée
buryed
.
And
vpon
the
other
side
toward
the
East
thrée
bow
shootes
from
thence
standeth
Bethphage
,
where
our
Lord
Iesus
Christ
sent
Saint
Peter
and
Saint
Iames
for
to
fetch
an
Asse
on
Palme
Sunday
.
Of
the
Castle
of
Bethania
.
Chap.
xxviij
.
THere
toward
the
East
is
a
castle
that
men
call
Bethania
,
and
there
dwelled
Simon
the
Leper
that
harboured
our
Lord
and
them
that
were
baptised
of
his
disciples
,
and
hée
was
called
Iulian
,
and
was
made
Bishop
,
and
that
is
hée
that
men
call
on
for
good
Harboure
.
In
that
same
place
our
Lord
forgaue
Mary
Magdalene
her
sins
,
and
there
shée
washed
his
féete
with
teares
and
wiped
them
with
her
heire
,
and
there
was
Lazarus
raised
,
when
hée
was
foure
dayes
dead
.
Of
Iericho
and
other
things
.
Chap.
xxix
.
IN
the
retourning
to
mount
Olyuet
,
is
the
place
where
our
Lord
wept
vpon
Hierusalem
,
and
therby
our
Lady
appeared
to
Saint
Thomas
,
after
her
assumption
,
and
gaue
him
her
girdle
,
and
thereby
is
the
stone
on
the
which
our
Lord
sate
often
and
preached
,
and
thereon
hée
shall
sit
at
the
day
of
iudgement
,
as
himselfe
sayd
.
And
there
is
mount
Galile
,
where
the
Apostles
were
gathered
when
Mary
Magdalene
told
them
of
Christs
rising
.
Betwéene
mount
Oliuet
and
mount
Galile
is
a
Church
,
where
the
Angell
told
our
Lady
when
shée
should
dye
.
And
from
Bethany
to
Iericho
is
fiue
myle
.
Iericho
was
sometime
a
little
cittie
but
it
was
wasted
and
now
it
is
but
a
little
towne
,
that
towne
tooke
Iosua
through
the
miracle
of
God
and
bidding
of
the
Angell
,
and
destroyed
it
,
and
cursed
all
those
that
builded
it
againe
Of
that
cittie
was
Rahab
that
common
woman
,
that
receiued
messengers
of
Israell
,
and
kept
them
from
many
perils
of
death
,
and
therfore
shée
had
a
good
reward
as
holy
writ
saith
,
Quando
accipis
Prophetam
in
nomine
meo
,
mercedem
Prophetae
.
&c.
That
is
to
say
,
hée
that
taketh
a
Prophet
in
my
name
,
hée
shall
receiue
the
reward
of
a
Prophet
.
Of
the
holy
place
betweene
Bethany
and
the
riuer
Iordane
,
and
other
things
.
Chap.
xxx
.
ALso
from
Bethany
men
goe
to
the
riuer
of
Iordane
through
the
wildernesse
,
and
it
is
néere
a
daies
iourney
betwéene
.
Toward
the
East
is
a
great
hill
where
our
Lord
fasted
xl
.
daies
,
and
vpon
this
hill
was
Christ
tempted
of
the
Diuel
,
when
he
said
to
him
Dic
vt
lapides
isti
panes
fiunt
.
That
is
to
say
,
Commaund
that
these
stones
be
made
bread
:
and
there
is
an
hermitage
where
dwelled
a
manner
of
Christians
called
Georgiens
,
for
saint
George
conuerted
them
,
and
vpon
that
hill
dwelled
Abraham
a
great
while
,
and
as
men
goe
to
Iericho
,
sate
many
sicke
men
crying
Iesu
fili
Dauid
,
miserere
nobis
:
that
is
to
say
,
Iesu
the
Sonne
of
Dauid
haue
mercy
vpon
vs
.
And
two
mile
from
Iericho
is
the
riuer
Iordane
,
&
yée
shal
vnderstand
that
the
dead
sea
parteth
the
land
of
Inde
&
Araby
,
&
the
water
of
that
sea
is
right
bitter
,
and
it
casteth
out
a
thing
that
men
call
Aspatum
as
great
péeces
as
an
horse
,
and
Hierusalem
is
two
hundred
fourlongs
from
the
sea
,
and
it
is
called
the
dead
sea
,
because
it
runneth
not
,
neither
may
any
man
or
beast
liue
therein
,
and
that
hath
beene
proued
many
times
,
for
they
haue
cast
therein
men
that
were
iudged
to
death
:
nor
no
man
may
drinck
of
that
water
,
and
if
men
cast
yron
therein
,
it
commeth
vp
againe
:
but
if
a
man
cast
a
feather
therein
it
sinketh
,
which
is
against
kinde
.
depiction of two fruit trees, one with leaves
And
thereabout
grow
Trées
that
beare
fruite
of
faire
coulour
and
séeme
ripe
,
but
when
a
man
breaketh
or
cutteth
them
,
hée
findeth
naught
in
them
,
but
coales
or
ashes
,
in
token
that
through
the
vengeance
of
God
these
Citties
were
burnt
with
the
fire
of
hell
.
And
some
men
call
that
lake
the
lake
of
the
Alphited
,
and
some
call
it
the
poole
of
the
diuell
,
and
some
call
it
the
stinking
poole
,
for
the
water
thereof
stinketh
.
There
sancke
these
fiue
citties
through
the
wrath
of
God
,
that
is
to
say
,
Sodome
,
Gomor
,
Aldema
,
Solome
,
and
Segor
,
for
the
sin
of
Sodome
that
reigned
in
them
,
but
Segor
through
the
prayer
of
Lot
was
saued
a
great
while
,
for
it
stood
vpon
an
hill
,
and
yet
appeareth
much
thereof
aboue
the
water
,
and
men
may
sée
the
wals
in
cléere
weather
,
and
in
this
cittie
of
Segor
,
Lot
dwelled
a
great
while
,
and
there
he
was
made
dronk
by
his
daughters
and
lay
by
them
,
and
they
thought
that
God
would
haue
destroyed
all
the
world
,
as
hée
did
with
Noes
floud
,
and
therefore
they
lay
by
their
father
,
that
men
might
be
borne
of
them
into
the
world
:
but
if
he
had
not
béene
dronken
he
had
not
lyen
by
them
.
And
at
the
right
side
of
this
sea
,
standeth
Lots
wife
in
a
piller
of
salt
,
because
shée
looked
back
when
the
cittie
sanck
downe
.
Of
Abraham
and
his
generation
.
Chap.
xxxj
.
AND
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
Lot
was
Aarons
sonne
,
Abrahams
brother
,
and
Sara
Abrahams
wife
was
Lots
sister
,
and
Sara
was
xc
.
yéere
olde
when
she
bare
Isaac
,
and
Abraham
had
an
other
sonne
named
Ismaell
that
hée
had
gotten
of
his
mayden
Agar
,
and
hée
was
xiiij
.
yéeres
of
age
when
Isaac
was
borne
,
and
when
Isaac
was
viij
.
dayes
old
hée
was
circumcised
,
and
his
other
sonne
Ismael
was
Circumcised
the
same
day
,
and
was
xiiij
.
yéeres
of
age
,
therefore
the
Sarasins
that
be
of
the
generation
of
Ismael
,
doe
circumcise
them
at
xiiij
.
yéeres
of
age
,
and
the
Iewes
that
bée
of
the
generation
of
Isaac
,
doe
circumcise
them
the
eight
daye
of
their
age
.
And
into
that
dead
Sea
aforesaid
,
runneth
the
riuer
Iordane
,
and
maketh
there
an
end
,
and
this
is
within
a
mile
of
Saint
Iohns
Church
,
and
a
little
beneath
that
same
Church
Westward
,
were
the
Christians
wont
to
bath
them
,
and
a
mile
thence
is
the
riuer
Loth
,
through
which
Iacob
went
when
hée
came
from
Mesopotamia
.
Of
the
riuer
Iordane
.
Chap.
xxxij
.
THis
riuer
Iordane
is
no
great
nor
no
déepe
riuer
,
but
there
is
much
good
fish
therein
,
and
there
commeth
from
Mount
Lybany
two
Wels
,
that
men
call
Ior
and
Dane
,
and
of
them
it
taketh
the
name
,
and
vpon
the
one
side
of
that
riuer
is
mount
Gelboe
,
and
there
is
a
fayre
plaine
.
And
on
that
other
side
men
goe
by
Mount
Libany
,
to
the
desert
of
Pharaon
.
These
hils
part
the
Kingdome
of
Surry
and
the
Countrie
of
Phenys
.
On
that
Hill
grow
Ceders
that
beare
long
apples
which
are
as
much
as
a
mans
head
.
This
riuer
Iordane
deuideth
Galile
,
and
the
land
of
Idumea
,
and
the
land
of
Botron
,
and
it
runneth
into
a
plaine
that
men
cal
Meldam
in
Sarasins
language
,
and
in
English
fayre
,
béecause
oft
times
bée
there
kept
great
depiction of a fruit tree
faires
,
and
in
the
plaine
is
the
tombe
of
Iob.
In
this
riuer
Iordane
our
Lord
was
baptised
,
and
there
was
the
voice
of
the
father
heard
,
saying
:
Hic
est
filius
meus
dilectus
,
in
quo
acquiesco
,
ipsum
audite
.
That
is
to
say
in
English
:
This
is
my
beloued
sonne
in
whom
I
am
well
pleased
,
heare
him
.
And
the
holy
Ghost
descended
on
him
in
likenesse
of
a
Doue
,
and
so
was
there
in
this
Baptising
all
the
Trinitie
.
And
through
the
riuer
Iordane
passed
the
children
of
Israell
on
dry
foote
,
and
they
set
stones
in
the
middest
of
the
water
,
in
token
of
great
miracle
.
And
also
in
that
Riuer
Naman
the
Assyrian
bathed
him
,
who
was
leprouse
,
and
hée
was
made
whole
.
And
a
little
from
thence
is
the
Cittie
of
Aye
,
the
which
Iosua
assayled
and
tooke
.
And
about
the
riuer
Iordane
are
many
Churches
where
Christians
dwell
.
Also
by
the
Riuer
Iordane
is
the
Vale
of
Mambre
,
the
which
is
a
faire
Vale
and
a
plenteous
.
Of
many
other
meruailes
.
Chap.
xxxiij
.
AND
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
as
we
goe
from
the
dead
Sea
afterward
out
of
the
march
to
the
land
of
promise
,
is
a
strong
Castle
that
men
call
Carran
or
Sermoys
,
that
is
to
say
in
English
,
the
Kings
hill
.
This
Castell
did
a
King
of
Fraunce
make
,
whose
name
was
Baudewin
,
who
had
conquered
all
the
land
,
and
put
it
into
the
hands
of
Christians
to
kéepe
,
and
vnder
that
castle
is
a
fayre
towne
that
is
called
Sabaoth
,
and
thereabout
dwell
many
Christians
vnder
tribute
.
Then
men
goe
to
Nazereth
,
of
the
which
our
Lord
had
his
name
,
and
from
Nazareth
vnto
Hierusalem
is
thrée
dayes
iourney
.
Also
men
goe
through
the
prouince
of
Galile
,
through
Romatha
,
through
Sophyn
,
and
ouer
the
high
hill
of
Effraine
,
where
dwelled
Anna
that
was
the
Prophet
Samuels
mother
,
and
there
was
hée
borne
,
and
after
his
death
was
buryed
at
mount
Ioy
,
as
I
haue
said
before
.
And
after
men
come
to
Sybula
,
where
the
arke
of
God
was
kept
vnder
Helie
the
Prophet
.
And
there
made
the
people
of
Israell
their
sacrifice
vnto
our
Lord
,
and
there
spake
our
Lord
first
vnto
Samuell
.
There
also
ministred
God
the
Sacrament
.
Néere
there
by
at
the
right
side
is
Gabaon
,
Rama
,
and
Beniamin
,
of
the
which
holy
Writ
speaketh
.
After
that
men
come
to
Sychem
,
that
some
men
call
Sycar
,
and
this
is
in
the
prouince
of
the
Samaritaines
,
&
somtime
there
was
a
Church
but
it
is
all
wasted
,
and
it
is
a
fayre
vale
and
plenteous
,
and
there
is
a
good
Cittie
that
men
call
Neople
,
and
so
from
thence
it
is
a
dayes
iourney
vnto
Hierusalem
,
and
there
is
the
well
where
our
Lord
spake
to
the
woman
of
Samaria
,
and
Sychem
is
ten
myle
from
Hierusalem
,
and
it
is
called
Neople
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
new
towne
.
And
there
is
the
Temple
of
Ioseph
,
Iacobs
sonne
that
gouerned
Egypt
,
from
thence
were
his
bones
brought
and
laid
in
the
Temple
,
and
thether
came
Iewes
often
in
pilgrimage
with
great
deuotion
,
and
in
that
Cittie
was
Diana
Iacobs
Daughter
rauished
,
for
whom
her
Brethren
slew
many
men
,
and
thereby
is
the
Cittie
of
Corasim
where
the
Samaritaines
make
their
sacrifice
.
depiction of an angel holding the upraised sword arm of a male figure or Abraham; nearby the kneeling figure of a boy or Isaac; in the foreground a sheep or ram in a bush
Of
the
Samaritaines
.
Chap.
xxxiiij
.
depiction of two male figures and a female figure with flowing head-dresses
FRom
Sebasten
to
Hierusalem
is
xij
.
mile
,
&
among
the
hils
of
this
country
is
a
well
that
men
call
fons
Iocob
.
That
is
to
say
,
Iocobs
well
,
that
changeth
his
coulour
foure
times
in
the
yéere
,
for
sometime
it
is
red
,
sometime
cléere
,
sometime
gréene
,
and
sometime
thick
:
and
men
that
dwell
there
are
called
Samaritaines
,
and
they
were
conuerted
by
the
Apostles
,
and
their
law
varyeth
from
the
law
of
Christians
,
and
Sarasins
,
as
also
from
Iewes
and
Panims
.
They
beléeue
wel
in
one
God
that
all
shall
iudge
,
and
beléeue
the
Bible
after
the
letter
,
and
they
lap
their
heads
in
red
linnen
cloth
that
they
may
be
knowne
from
others
,
for
Sarasins
wrap
their
heads
in
white
cloth
,
and
Christians
that
dwell
there
in
blew
choth
,
and
Iewes
in
yealow
,
and
in
this
countrie
dwell
many
Iewes
paying
tribute
as
christians
doe
.
And
if
yée
will
know
the
letters
of
the
Iewes
,
they
are
these
following
,
and
are
thus
called
.
Alpha
for
a.
deth
b.
gymel
c.
he
d.
van
e.
zay
f.
ex
g.
ioth
i.
karph
k.
lam
l.
men
m.
sameth
o.
ey
p.
phe
q.
lad
r.
cloth
s.
fir
t.
soun
v.
than
x.
lours
y.
Now
you
shall
haue
the
figures
.
D.
li.
xh
.
rz
.
S
D
S
li.
n
h
R
f
cc'
h
n
d
i
k.
Of
Galile
.
Chap.
xxxv
.
FRom
this
country
that
I
haue
spoken
of
,
men
goe
to
the
plaine
of
Galile
,
and
leaue
the
hill
on
the
one
side
,
and
Galile
is
in
the
Prouince
of
the
Land
of
Promise
,
and
in
that
prouince
is
the
land
of
Naim
,
and
Caparnaum
and
Corasim
,
and
at
Bethsaida
was
S.
Peter
and
Saint
Andrew
borne
:
at
Corasim
shal
Antichrist
be
borne
,
and
as
some
men
say
he
shall
be
borne
in
Babilon
:
therefore
said
the
Prophet
(
De
Babilonia
coluber
exiet
qui
totum
mundum
deuorabit
)
That
is
to
say
.
Of
Babilon
shall
come
a
Serpent
that
shall
deuoure
all
the
world
.
And
this
Antichrist
shall
bée
nourished
in
Bethsaida
,
&
shall
raigne
in
Corasim
,
therefore
saith
holy
writ
.
Vae
tibi
Corasim
,
vae
tibi
Bethsaida
,
That
is
to
say
,
Woe
bée
to
thée
Corasim
,
woe
bée
to
thée
Bethsaida
:
and
the
Caue
of
Galile
is
foure
myle
from
Nazareth
:
of
that
Cittie
was
the
woman
of
Canaan
,
of
whom
the
Gospell
speaketh
,
and
there
our
Lord
did
the
first
miracle
at
the
wedding
of
the
Archdecline
,
when
hée
tourned
water
into
wine
.
And
from
thence
men
goe
vnto
Nazareth
,
that
was
sometime
a
great
Cittie
,
but
now
there
is
but
a
little
Towne
and
is
not
walled
,
and
there
was
our
Lady
borne
,
but
shée
was
begotten
at
Hierusalem
,
and
our
Lord
tooke
his
name
of
this
Cittie
.
At
Nazareth
Ioseph
tooke
our
Lady
to
wife
,
when
she
was
fouretéene
yéeres
of
age
,
and
there
the
Angell
saluted
her
saying
,
Aue
gratia
plena
,
Dominus
tecum
.
That
is
to
say
.
Haile
full
of
grace
,
the
Lord
bée
with
thée
.
And
there
was
sometime
a
great
church
,
and
now
is
there
but
a
litle
chappel
to
receiue
the
offering
of
Pilgrimes
,
and
there
is
the
Well
of
Gabriell
,
where
our
Lord
was
wont
to
bathe
him
in
when
hée
was
little
.
At
Nazareth
was
our
Lord
nourished
,
and
Nazareth
is
to
say
floure
of
garden
,
and
it
may
well
bée
called
so
,
for
ther
was
nourished
the
floure
of
life
,
euen
our
Lord
Iesus
Christ
.
About
halfe
a
mile
from
Nazareth
is
the
blood
of
our
Lord
,
for
the
Iewes
lead
him
vpon
an
high
rock
to
cast
him
downe
and
slay
him
,
but
Iesus
Christ
passed
them
and
lept
on
a
rock
where
his
steps
bée
yet
séene
,
and
therefore
some
when
they
dread
them
of
Théeues
or
else
of
Enimies
,
say
thus
:
Iesus
autem
transiens
per
mediam
illorum
ibat
:
and
they
say
also
these
verses
of
the
Psalter
thrée
times
.
Irruat
super
eos
formido
,
te
pauor
in
magnitudine
brachij
.
Domine
fiant
immobiles
quasi
lapis
,
donec
pertranseat
populus
tuos
Domine
,
&
populus
iste
quem
redemisti
.
And
so
when
this
is
said
,
a
man
may
goe
without
any
letting
.
Also
yée
shall
vnderstand
and
know
that
our
blessed
Lady
bare
her
Childe
when
shée
was
xv
.
yéeres
of
age
,
and
shée
liued
with
him
xxxij
.
yéere
,
and
thrée
moneths
,
and
after
his
passion
shée
liued
xxij
.
yéeres
.
The
way
of
Nazareth
to
the
mount
or
hill
of
Tabor
.
Chap.
xxxvj
.
ANd
from
Nazareth
to
the
mount
Tabor
is
thrée
mile
,
&
there
our
Lord
was
transfigured
before
S.
Peter
,
Saint
Iohn
and
saint
Iames.
And
there
they
saw
spiritually
our
Lord
and
Moyses
and
Elias
the
Prophet
.
And
therefore
Saint
Peter
said
,
Bonum
est
nos
hic
esse
,
faciamus
tria
tabernac
.
&c.
That
is
to
say
,
It
is
good
for
vs
to
bée
here
,
let
vs
make
thrée
tabernacles
.
And
our
Lord
Iesus
Christ
bad
them
that
they
should
tell
it
to
no
man
,
vnto
the
time
that
hée
was
risen
from
death
to
life
.
And
vpon
the
same
hill
shall
foure
Angels
sound
their
Trumpets
,
and
raise
all
men
that
are
dead
to
life
,
and
then
shal
they
come
in
body
and
Soule
to
the
Iudgement
,
but
the
Iudgement
shall
bée
in
the
Vale
of
Iosaphat
And
also
a
mile
from
mount
Tabor
is
the
mount
Hermon
,
and
there
was
the
Citie
of
Naim
,
before
the
gates
of
this
Cittie
our
Lord
raised
the
sonne
of
the
widdow
that
had
no
more
children
.
Of
the
Sea
of
Galile
.
Chap
xxxvij
.
ANd
from
thence
men
goe
to
a
Cittie
that
is
called
Tyberias
that
butteth
on
the
Sea
of
Galile
,
&
though
it
be
called
the
Sea
of
Galile
,
it
is
no
Sea
nor
arme
of
the
sea
,
for
it
is
but
a
streame
of
fresh
water
,
&
it
is
more
then
an
hundred
forlongs
long
,
and
xl
.
broad
,
and
therein
is
many
good
fishes
,
and
by
that
same
sea
standeth
many
good
citties
:
therefore
this
sea
changeth
often
his
name
after
the
Citties
that
stand
therevpon
,
but
it
is
all
one
water
or
sea
,
and
vpon
this
sea
our
Lord
walked
and
there
said
hée
to
Peter
when
he
came
on
the
water
,
and
was
néere
drowned
:
O
exigua
fide
praedite
,
quid
dubitasti
?
That
is
to
say
,
O
Thou
of
little
faith
,
why
didst
thou
doubt
?
Of
the
table
whereon
Christ
eate
after
his
resurrection
.
Chap.
xxxviij
.
IN
this
cittie
of
Tyberyas
is
the
table
that
Christ
eate
on
with
his
Disciples
after
his
resurrection
,
&
they
knew
him
by
breaking
of
bread
,
as
holy
writ
saith
:
Et
cognouerunt
eum
in
fractione
panis
.
That
is
to
say
.
They
knew
him
in
breaking
of
bread
,
and
about
the
hill
of
Tyberyas
is
a
cittie
where
our
Lord
fed
fiue
thousand
people
with
fiue
Barly
loaues
and
two
fishes
,
and
in
that
cittie
did
men
cast
in
anger
a
firebrand
or
burning
stick
depiction of a male haloed figure or Jesus Christ followed by another male figure; between them a tree growing from among flames
after
our
Lord
,
but
that
same
burning
stick
did
fal
on
the
earth
,
and
incontinent
grew
out
of
the
same
stick
a
trée
,
and
is
waxen
a
big
trée
,
and
there
groweth
yet
,
and
the
scales
of
the
trée
be
all
black
.
Yée
shall
vnderstand
that
the
Riuer
Iordane
beginneth
vnder
the
hill
of
Labany
,
and
there
beginneth
the
Land
of
promise
,
and
it
lasteth
vnto
Barsabe
of
length
,
and
from
the
North
part
to
the
South
,
is
nine
score
mile
,
and
of
breadth
from
Iericho
to
Iaffe
,
it
is
fortie
mile
,
and
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
the
land
of
promise
beginneth
at
the
kingdome
of
Surry
,
and
lasteth
vnto
the
wildernesse
of
Araby
.
Of
straunge
manners
and
diuers
.
Chap.
xxxix
.
depiction of a male figure releasing two birds or pigeons with letters tied to their necks
AND
in
this
country
and
in
many
other
lands
beyond
the
sea
,
it
is
a
custome
when
they
haue
war
,
that
if
a
cittie
or
castle
bée
besieged
so
strongly
that
they
may
send
no
messengers
to
any
Lords
for
succour
,
then
they
write
their
Letters
,
and
binde
them
about
the
necks
of
Doues
,
&
let
them
flie
their
wayes
,
because
the
Doue
is
of
that
nature
that
he
wil
returne
againe
to
the
place
where
hée
is
bred
,
and
thus
they
doe
commonly
in
that
countrie
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
among
the
Sarasins
in
many
places
dwell
Christians
vnder
tribute
,
and
they
are
of
diuers
manners
,
and
sundry
sortes
of
monks
,
who
haue
diuers
lawes
,
though
they
be
all
Christians
and
beléeue
all
well
in
our
Lord
God
,
the
Father
,
the
Sonne
and
the
holy
Ghost
,
but
yet
they
faile
in
the
Articles
of
our
saith
and
they
are
called
Iacobins
.
depiction of a bearded male figure kneeling next to a fire above which is a cloud or avatar of God
For
Saint
Iames
conuerted
them
to
the
faith
,
and
Saint
Iohn
Baptised
them
,
and
they
say
that
men
néed
only
confesse
their
sins
vnto
God
,
and
not
vnto
man
,
for
they
say
that
God
bad
not
man
confesse
him
vnto
another
man
.
And
therefore
saith
Dauid
in
this
manner
.
Confitebor
tibi
Domine
in
toto
corde
meo
,
That
is
to
say
,
Lord
I
will
confesse
my selfe
vnto
thée
in
all
my
heart
.
And
in
another
place
hée
saith
thus
.
Peccatum
meum
cognitum
tibi
feci
:
that
is
to
say
,
my
trespasse
I
haue
made
knowne
vnto
thée
.
And
in
another
place
.
Deus
meus
es
tu
,
&
confitebor
tibi
.
That
is
to
say
,
Thou
art
my
God
and
I
will
confesse
my selfe
vnto
thée
.
And
in
another
place
.
Quoniam
cogitatio
hominis
confitebitur
tibi
.
that
is
to
say
,
The
thought
of
man
shall
bée
knowne
vnto
thée
:
and
they
read
often
the
Bible
&
Psalter
,
but
they
say
it
not
in
Latine
,
but
in
their
owne
language
,
and
they
say
that
Dauid
and
other
Prophets
haue
said
it
.
But
Saint
Austen
and
Saint
Gregory
say
.
Qui
scelera
sua
cogitat
,
&
conuersus
fuerit
veniam
sibi
credat
.
That
is
to
say
,
Who
so
knoweth
his
sin
,
&
turneth
,
hée
may
beléeue
to
haue
forgiuenesse
.
And
Saint
Gregory
saith
thus
.
Dominus
potius
mentem
quam
verbum
confiderat
.
That
is
to
say
,
Our
Lord
taketh
more
héed
to
thought
,
then
to
word
.
And
Saint
Hillarius
saith
Longorum
temporum
crimina
ictu
oculi
perient
si
corde
nata
fuerit
temptatio
.
That
is
to
say
,
Sins
that
are
done
of
old
time
perish
in
twinkling
of
an
eye
,
if
despising
of
them
bée
borne
in
a
mans
heart
.
And
therefore
say
they
,
by
these
authorities
,
that
men
shall
confesse
them
onely
to
God
,
and
this
way
the
Apostles
taught
:
but
Popes
that
came
since
haue
ordayned
that
men
shall
shriue
them
to
priests
and
men
as
they
are
,
and
the
cause
is
this
.
For
they
say
that
a
man
that
hath
sicknes
,
men
may
giue
him
no
good
medicines
,
except
they
know
that
kinde
of
sicknesse
,
also
they
say
a
man
may
giue
no
couenable
penance
,
except
hée
know
the
sinne
.
depiction of a female figure and a male figure wearing a long pointed hat
For
there
is
a
manner
of
sin
that
is
grieuouser
to
one
man
then
it
is
to
another
,
and
therefore
it
is
néedefull
that
a
man
know
and
vnderstand
the
kinde
of
sin
.
And
there
bée
also
other
men
that
are
called
Surriens
,
and
they
hold
halfe
our
faith
,
and
halfe
the
faith
of
the
Gréekes
,
and
they
haue
long
beards
as
the
Gréekes
haue
.
depiction of two tonsured men, one holding a censer and the other a book
For
to
returne
againe
on
this
side
of
Galile
.
Chap.
xl
.
NOw
séeing
I
haue
told
you
of
many
manners
of
men
that
dwell
in
the
countries
aforesaid
.
Now
will
I
turne
againe
to
my
way
for
to
turne
vpon
this
side
,
for
hée
that
will
turne
from
the
land
of
Galile
that
I
spake
of
,
to
come
on
this
side
,
hée
may
go
through
Damas
that
is
a
faire
cittie
,
and
full
of
good
marchandises
,
&
it
is
thrée
daies
iourney
from
the
sea
,
&
fiue
from
Hierusalem
,
but
they
carry
marchandise
vpon
Cammels
,
Mules
,
Horses
,
Dromedaries
and
other
manner
of
Beasts
.
This
cittie
of
Damas
founded
Helizeus
that
was
Abrahams
seruant
before
Isaac
was
borne
,
and
he
should
haue
béene
Abrahams
heire
,
and
there
he
named
that
cittie
Damas
,
&
in
that
place
slew
Caine
his
Brother
Abel
,
and
beside
Damas
is
the
mount
of
Syry
,
in
this
cittie
be
many
Phisitions
,
and
that
holy
man
Saint
Paul
was
a
Phisition
to
saue
mens
bodies
before
that
hée
was
conuerted
depiction of a male figure or Cain holding a scythe over a prone male figure or Abel
and
after
he
was
a
Phisition
of
soules
.
And
from
Damas
men
goe
to
a
place
called
our
Lady
of
Sardmarch
,
that
is
fiue
mile
from
Damas
,
&
it
is
on
a
rock
,
and
there
is
a
faire
Church
,
and
there
dwell
Christian
Monks
and
Nuns
in
that
Church
.
Betwéene
the
cittie
of
Darke
,
&
the
cittie
of
Raphane
is
a
Riuer
called
Sabatory
,
for
on
the
Satterday
it
runneth
fast
,
and
all
the
wéeke
else
it
standeth
still
and
runneth
not
,
or
but
a
little
.
And
there
is
another
riuer
that
on
the
night
fréeseth
fast
,
and
vpon
the
day
no
frost
is
séene
.
And
so
men
goe
by
a
cittie
that
men
call
Berugh
,
and
ther
those
that
will
go
to
Cipres
take
ships
,
and
they
ariue
at
a
hauen
of
Sur
or
of
Tyry
,
and
then
goe
men
to
Cipres
,
also
men
may
goe
right
from
the
hauen
of
Tyry
,
and
come
not
at
Cipres
,
but
ariue
at
some
hauen
of
Gréece
,
and
by
these
wayes
men
come
into
the
countries
before
spoken
of
.
How
a
man
may
goe
furthest
and
longest
in
the
countries
that
are
here
rehearsed
.
Chap.
xli
NOw
haue
I
told
you
of
wayes
by
the
which
men
go
furdest
and
longest
,
as
by
Babylon
,
and
mount
Sinay
,
and
other
places
many
,
through
the
which
men
turne
againe
to
the
land
of
promise
.
Now
will
I
tell
you
the
shortest
way
to
Hierusalem
,
for
many
will
not
goe
the
long
way
,
some
for
want
of
company
,
and
many
other
reasonable
causes
,
and
therefore
I
shall
tell
you
shortly
how
a
man
may
goe
with
little
cost
and
in
short
time
.
A
man
that
commeth
from
the
land
of
the
West
hée
goeth
through
Fraunce
,
Burgoyn
,
Lumbardy
,
and
to
Venice
,
or
to
Gene
,
or
some
other
hauen
of
those
marches
,
and
taketh
there
a
ship
and
goeth
to
the
Ile
of
Griffe
,
&
so
ariueth
hée
in
Gréece
,
or
else
in
port
Myroch
,
or
Valon
,
or
Duras
,
or
some
other
hauen
of
those
marches
and
goe
to
land
for
to
rest
him
,
and
goeth
againe
to
the
sea
,
and
ariueth
in
Cipres
,
and
commeth
not
in
the
Ile
of
Rodes
,
but
ariueth
at
Famagost
,
that
is
the
chiefe
hauen
of
Cypres
,
or
else
at
Lamaton
,
&
then
enter
ship
againe
,
and
passe
beside
the
hauen
of
Tyre
and
come
not
to
land
,
and
so
passeth
by
all
the
hauens
of
the
coast
till
hée
come
to
Iaffe
,
that
is
the
next
hauen
to
Hierusalem
,
for
it
is
xxviij
.
mile
betwéen
.
And
from
Iaffe
men
goe
to
the
cittie
of
Ramos
,
and
that
is
but
little
thence
,
and
it
is
a
fayre
cittie
,
and
beside
Ramos
is
a
fayre
Church
of
our
Lady
,
where
our
Lord
shewed
him selfe
vnto
her
in
thrée
shadowes
,
betokening
the
Trinitie
,
and
there
néere
is
a
Church
of
Saint
George
where
his
head
was
smitten
off
,
and
then
to
the
Castle
of
Emear
,
and
then
to
the
mount
Ioy
,
and
from
thence
pilgrimes
sée
Hierusalem
,
&
then
to
mount
Modyn
,
and
then
goe
to
Hierusalem
.
At
mount
Modin
lyeth
the
Prophet
Malache
&
ouer
Ramatha
is
the
towne
of
Donke
,
whereof
Amos
the
Prophet
was
.
Of
other
wayes
for
to
goe
by
land
to
Hierusalem
.
Chap.
xlij
.
FOrasmuch
as
many
men
may
not
suffer
the
sauour
of
the
sea
,
and
better
it
is
to
goe
by
land
although
it
bée
more
paine
,
and
a
man
shall
goe
to
one
of
the
hauens
of
Lumberdy
,
as
Venice
or
an
other
,
and
yée
shall
passe
into
Gréece
to
Port
Myroch
or
an
other
,
and
yée
shall
goe
to
Constantinople
,
and
shal
passe
the
water
that
is
called
the
brath
of
S.
George
,
that
is
an
arme
of
the
sea
.
And
from
thence
yée
shall
come
to
Puluerall
,
and
then
to
the
castle
of
Synople
,
and
so
to
Capadocia
,
which
is
a
great
Country
,
wherein
is
many
great
hils
,
and
ye
shall
goe
through
Turkey
,
and
to
the
Cittie
of
Nike
,
the
which
they
wonne
from
the
Emperour
of
Constantinople
,
and
it
is
a
faire
Cittie
and
well
walled
,
and
there
is
a
riuer
that
is
called
the
Lay
,
and
then
men
go
by
the
Alpes
of
Mormaunt
,
and
through
the
vales
of
Malebrynes
,
and
the
vale
of
Ernax
,
and
so
more
easily
to
Antioche
,
which
standeth
richly
on
the
Riuer
,
and
therabout
are
many
good
hils
and
faire
,
and
many
faire
woods
and
wilde
beasts
.
And
hée
that
will
go
an
other
way
,
hée
goeth
by
the
Romaine
coast
,
&
the
Romaine
sea
:
on
that
coast
is
a
faire
castle
that
is
called
Florage
,
and
when
a
man
is
out
of
the
hils
,
hée
passeth
through
the
cittie
of
Moryach
,
and
Artose
,
where
is
a
great
bridge
vpon
the
riuer
of
Ferne
,
that
men
call
Fassor
,
and
it
is
a
great
riuer
bearing
ships
:
and
beside
the
cittie
of
Damas
is
a
riuer
that
commeth
from
the
mount
of
Libany
,
which
is
called
Alban
:
at
the
passing
of
this
riuer
Saint
Eustage
lost
his
two
Sons
,
when
hée
had
lost
his
wife
,
&
it
runneth
through
the
plaine
of
Archades
,
and
to
the
red
sea
,
and
then
men
goe
to
the
Cittie
of
Fermine
,
and
so
to
the
Cittie
of
Ferne
,
and
then
to
Antioche
,
and
that
is
a
faire
cittie
and
well
walled
,
and
it
is
two
mile
long
,
and
there
is
a
bridge
ouer
the
riuer
,
and
hath
at
each
piller
a
good
tower
,
and
is
the
best
Cittie
of
the
kingdome
of
Surrie
.
From
Antioche
men
goe
to
the
cittie
of
Locuth
,
and
so
to
Geble
,
and
to
Tortouse
,
&
thereby
is
the
land
of
Lambre
,
and
a
stronge
castle
that
men
call
Mambeke
.
And
from
Tortouse
men
goe
to
Tripelle
on
the
sea
,
and
by
this
sea
men
goe
to
Dacres
and
there
is
two
wayes
,
to
Hierusalem
,
by
the
way
on
the
left
hand
men
come
first
vnto
Damas
by
the
riuer
Iordane
,
and
on
the
right
side
men
go
through
the
land
of
Flagme
,
&
so
to
the
Cittie
Caiphas
,
in
which
Cittie
Caiphas
was
Lord
,
&
some
call
it
the
castle
Pellerins
,
and
from
thence
is
foure
dayes
iourney
to
Hierusalem
,
and
they
goe
through
Cesary
,
Philyp
and
Iaffe
and
Ramas
,
Eumaux
,
and
so
forth
to
Hierusalem
.
Yet
an
other
way
by
land
toward
the
land
of
Promise
.
Chap.
xliij
.
NOW
haue
I
told
you
some
wayes
by
land
&
by
water
how
men
may
goe
to
Hierusalem
.
And
if
it
be
so
that
there
be
many
other
waies
that
men
goe
by
,
after
the
countries
that
they
come
from
,
neuerthelesse
they
turne
all
to
one
end
,
yet
is
there
a
way
all
by
land
to
Hierusalem
,
and
passe
no
sea
but
to
France
or
Flanders
but
that
way
is
full
long
and
perillous
and
of
great
trauaile
,
and
therefore
few
goe
that
way
,
but
hée
that
will
goe
that
way
,
must
goe
by
Almaine
and
Pruse
,
and
so
to
Tartary
,
this
Tartary
is
holden
of
the
great
Caane
,
of
whom
I
shal
speake
afterward
for
thether
lasteth
his
Lordship
,
and
all
the
Lords
of
Tartary
yéeld
to
him
tribute
.
Tartary
is
a
full
euill
land
,
sandy
and
a
little
fruit
bearing
,
for
there
groweth
but
little
corne
or
fruite
,
but
Beastes
are
there
great
plentie
,
and
therefore
eate
they
flesh
without
bread
,
and
they
sup
the
broth
,
and
they
drinck
milcke
of
all
manner
of
Beasts
,
they
eate
cats
and
all
manner
of
wild
beasts
,
as
rats
&
mice
,
and
they
haue
little
wood
,
and
therefore
they
dresse
their
meat
with
horse
doung
,
and
other
beast
doung
when
it
is
dry
.
Princes
and
other
Lords
eate
but
once
in
the
day
,
and
that
is
very
little
,
and
they
bée
foule
folke
,
and
of
euill
liking
,
and
in
Summer
there
is
many
tempests
and
thunders
that
slayeth
many
men
and
beasts
,
sodainly
it
is
right
cold
,
and
againe
on
the
sodaine
it
is
right
hot
.
The
Prince
that
gouerneth
that
land
they
call
Roco
,
and
hée
dwelleth
at
a
cittie
that
men
call
Orda
,
but
very
few
men
doe
desire
to
dwell
in
that
Land
,
for
it
is
good
to
sow
thornes
and
wéedes
in
,
but
other
good
there
is
none
,
as
I
heard
say
,
for
I
was
not
that
way
,
but
I
haue
béene
in
other
Countries
marching
thereon
as
in
the
land
of
Rossie
and
Nisland
,
and
the
kingdome
of
Grecon
,
and
Lectow
,
and
the
kingdome
of
Grasten
,
and
in
many
other
places
,
but
I
went
neuer
that
way
to
Hierusalem
,
and
therefore
I
cannot
well
tell
it
,
for
I
haue
vnderstood
that
men
may
not
well
goe
that
way
but
in
Winter
,
when
the
waters
and
mires
that
bée
in
that
land
bée
frosen
and
couered
with
snow
,
so
that
men
may
passe
thereon
,
for
were
not
the
snow
,
there
might
no
man
goe
in
that
land
but
hée
were
lost
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
a
man
must
goe
thrée
dayes
iourney
from
Pruse
to
passe
this
way
,
before
hée
can
come
to
the
land
of
Sarasins
that
men
dwell
in
.
And
if
by
chance
any
Christians
passe
that
way
as
once
a
yéere
they
doe
,
they
carry
their
vittaile
with
them
,
for
they
should
finde
nothing
there
but
a
manner
of
thing
that
they
call
Syles
,
and
they
carry
their
vittailes
vpon
the
Ise
on
sleds
,
and
chariots
without
whéeles
,
and
as
long
as
their
vittailes
last
they
may
dwell
there
but
no
longer
.
And
when
the
spies
of
the
countries
sée
Christians
come
,
they
runne
to
the
townes
and
castles
,
and
cry
aloud
,
kara
,
kara
,
kara
,
and
as
soone
as
they
haue
cryed
,
then
doth
the
people
arme
them
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
the
Ise
there
is
harder
then
it
is
here
,
and
euery
man
hath
a
stew
in
his
house
,
and
therein
they
eate
and
do
all
things
that
them
néedeth
,
and
that
is
at
the
North
part
of
the
world
,
where
it
is
commonly
cold
,
for
the
Sun
appeareth
nor
shineth
but
a
little
in
that
country
,
and
that
land
is
in
some
places
so
cold
that
there
may
no
man
dwell
therin
,
and
on
the
South
side
of
the
world
it
is
in
some
places
so
hot
that
there
can
no
man
dwell
,
the
Sunne
giueth
so
great
heate
in
those
countries
.
Of
the
faith
of
the
Sarasins
,
and
of
the
booke
of
their
law
named
Alkaron
.
Chap.
xliiij
.
IN
as
much
as
I
haue
told
you
of
the
Sarasins
&
of
other
Lands
,
I
purpose
to
set
downe
a
part
of
their
law
and
of
their
beliefe
,
after
as
their
booke
saith
,
that
they
call
Alkaron
,
and
some
call
that
booke
Mysap
some
call
it
Harme
in
diuerse
language
of
countries
,
which
booke
Mahomet
gaue
them
,
in
the
which
booke
hée
wrote
among
other
things
as
I
haue
often
read
and
séene
,
that
they
that
are
good
shall
goe
to
Paradise
,
and
the
euill
folks
to
hell
,
and
that
beléeue
all
Sarasins
.
And
if
a
man
aske
of
what
Paradise
they
meane
,
they
say
it
is
a
place
of
delights
,
where
a
man
shall
finde
all
manner
of
fruits
at
all
times
,
and
waters
and
riuers
running
with
milke
and
hony
,
wine
and
fresh
water
,
and
they
shall
haue
faire
houses
and
good
,
as
they
haue
deserued
,
and
those
houses
are
made
of
precious
stones
,
gold
,
and
siluer
,
and
euery
man
shall
haue
ten
wiues
and
maydens
,
and
he
shall
euery
day
once
haue
to
doe
with
them
,
and
yet
shal
they
still
bée
maydens
.
Also
they
speake
often
of
the
blessed
virgin
Mary
,
and
tell
of
the
incarnation
,
that
Mary
was
learned
of
Angels
,
and
that
Gabryel
said
to
her
that
she
was
chosen
before
all
other
from
the
beginning
of
the
world
,
and
that
witnesseth
well
their
booke
:
and
Gabriell
told
her
the
incarnation
of
Iesus
Christ
,
and
that
she
should
conceiue
and
beare
a
childe
,
and
they
say
that
Christ
was
a
holy
Prophet
in
word
and
déede
,
and
also
méeke
and
right
wise
to
all
men
,
and
one
not
any
blame
worthy
:
and
they
say
that
when
the
Angel
told
to
her
of
the
incarnation
,
she
had
great
dread
for
shée
was
very
young
,
and
there
was
one
in
that
Country
that
practised
sorcery
who
was
called
Takina
,
that
with
inchauntments
could
make
him
like
an
Angell
and
he
went
often
and
lay
with
maidens
,
and
therefore
was
Mary
the
more
afraid
of
the
Angell
,
and
thought
in
her
minde
that
it
had
béene
Takina
who
went
to
maydens
,
and
shée
charged
him
in
the
name
of
God
to
tell
her
if
he
were
the
same
Takina
,
and
the
Angell
bad
her
haue
no
dread
,
for
hée
was
for
certaine
a
true
messenger
of
Iesus
Christ
.
Also
their
booke
of
Alkaron
saith
that
shée
had
a
childe
vnder
a
Palme
trée
,
then
was
shée
greatly
ashamed
and
wished
her selfe
dead
,
but
as
soone
as
her
childe
was
borne
,
hée
spake
and
comforted
her
saying
,
Ne
timeas
Maria.
That
is
to
say
.
Be
not
afraid
Mary
.
And
in
many
other
places
saith
their
booke
Alkaron
,
that
Iesus
Christ
spake
as
soone
as
hée
was
borne
,
and
the
booke
saith
that
Iesu
Christ
was
sent
of
almightie
God
to
bée
ensample
to
all
men
,
and
that
God
shall
Iudge
all
men
,
the
good
to
heauen
,
and
the
wicked
to
hell
,
&
that
Iesus
Christ
is
the
best
Prophet
of
all
other
,
and
next
to
God
,
and
that
he
was
a
holy
Prophet
,
for
he
gaue
to
the
blinde
their
sight
,
and
healed
all
diseases
,
hée
raised
men
and
was
taken
quicke
into
heauen
,
and
if
they
may
finde
a
booke
with
Gospels
,
namely
,
Missus
est
Angelus
,
they
doe
it
great
worship
,
for
they
fast
one
month
in
the
yéere
,
and
eate
onely
on
the
night
,
and
they
kéepe
them
from
their
wiues
,
but
they
that
are
sick
are
not
constrained
to
it
.
And
their
booke
Alkaron
speaketh
of
Iewes
and
saith
,
they
are
wicked
people
,
for
they
will
not
beléeue
that
Iesus
Christ
is
of
God
.
Also
they
say
that
the
Iewes
speake
falsely
of
our
Lady
and
her
sonne
Iesus
Christ
,
saying
that
they
did
not
hang
him
on
the
Crosse
,
for
Sarasins
beléeue
so
néere
our
faith
,
that
they
are
easily
conuerted
,
when
men
preach
the
law
of
Iesus
Christ
,
and
they
say
that
they
know
right
wel
by
their
Prophesite
,
that
their
law
of
Mahomet
shall
faile
,
as
doth
the
Law
of
the
Iewes
,
and
that
the
law
of
Christians
shall
last
to
the
worlds
end
.
And
if
a
man
aske
them
wherein
they
beléeue
,
they
say
that
they
beléeue
in
God
Almightie
,
that
is
the
maker
of
heauen
and
earth
,
and
all
other
things
,
and
without
him
is
nothing
done
,
and
at
the
day
of
Iudgement
euery
man
shall
bée
rewarded
after
his
deseruing
,
and
that
all
things
is
trueth
that
Christ
said
by
the
mouthes
of
the
Prophets
.
Yet
further
concerning
Mahomet
.
Chap.
xlv
.
ALso
Mahomet
had
in
his
booke
Alkaron
,
that
euery
man
should
haue
two
wiues
or
thrée
or
foure
,
but
now
they
haue
nine
and
as
many
lemmans
as
them
liketh
,
and
if
any
of
the
wiues
doe
wrong
to
their
husbands
,
hée
may
driue
her
out
of
his
house
and
take
in
an
other
,
but
hée
must
giue
to
her
part
of
his
goods
.
Moreouer
where
men
speake
of
the
Father
,
and
the
Sonne
and
the
holy
Ghost
,
they
say
that
they
are
thrée
persons
but
not
one
God
,
for
their
booke
Alkaron
speaketh
not
thereof
,
nor
of
the
Trinitie
,
but
they
say
that
God
spake
or
else
he
was
dumbe
,
&
that
God
had
a
Ghost
or
else
hée
was
not
aliue
,
and
they
say
Gods
word
hath
great
strength
,
and
so
saith
their
Alkaron
,
and
they
say
that
Abraham
and
Moyses
were
greatly
in
fauour
with
God
,
for
they
spake
with
him
,
and
Mahomet
was
a
right
messenger
of
God
,
and
they
haue
many
good
articles
of
our
faith
,
and
some
vnderstand
the
Scriptures
,
Prophets
,
Gospels
,
and
the
Bible
,
for
they
haue
them
written
in
their
language
,
in
their
manner
they
know
holy
writ
,
but
they
vnderstand
if
not
but
after
the
letter
,
and
so
doe
the
Iewes
,
for
they
vnderstand
it
not
but
after
their
letter
spiritually
,
and
therefore
saith
Saint
Paul
,
Litera
occidit
spiritus
autem
viuificat
.
That
is
to
say
,
the
letter
killeth
but
the
spirit
quickneth
,
and
the
Sarasins
say
that
the
Iewes
are
wicked
,
for
they
kéepe
not
the
Law
of
Moyses
the
which
hée
tooke
to
them
,
and
also
Christians
are
euill
,
for
they
kéepe
not
the
commandements
of
the
Gospels
,
that
Iesu
Christ
sent
vnto
them
,
and
therefore
I
shall
tell
you
what
the
Souldan
told
mée
vpon
a
day
in
his
chamber
shutting
out
all
other
men
,
as
Lords
,
Knights
and
other
:
for
hée
would
speake
with
mée
in
counsell
,
and
then
asked
hée
mée
how
Christians
gouerned
them
in
our
country
,
and
I
answeared
him
and
said
,
right
well
thanks
bée
to
God
,
and
hée
said
secretly
nay
,
for
hée
said
that
our
Priests
made
no
force
of
Gods
seruice
:
for
they
should
giue
good
example
to
men
to
doe
well
,
and
they
giue
ill
example
,
and
therefore
when
the
people
should
goe
on
the
holidayes
to
Church
to
serue
God
,
they
goe
to
the
Tauerne
to
sin
in
gluttony
both
day
&
night
,
and
eat
and
drink
as
beasts
that
wot
not
when
they
haue
enough
,
and
also
Christians
(
he
said
)
forced
them
to
fight
together
,
and
one
to
beguile
other
,
and
they
are
so
proud
that
they
know
not
how
they
may
cloth
them
,
now
short
,
now
long
,
now
strait
,
now
wide
,
of
all
manner
of
fashions
.
They
should
bée
simple
,
méeke
and
soft
,
and
doe
their
almes
as
Iesus
Christ
did
,
in
whom
they
beléeue
,
and
hée
sayd
they
are
so
couetouse
,
that
for
a
little
money
they
sell
their
children
,
their
sisters
,
and
their
wiues
,
and
one
taketh
another
mans
wife
and
none
kéepeth
his
promise
to
another
,
therefore
said
he
,
for
their
sins
God
hath
giuen
these
lands
to
our
hands
,
and
not
through
our
strength
,
but
all
for
your
sins
.
For
wée
wot
well
,
that
when
that
yée
serue
well
your
God
,
that
he
will
helpe
you
,
so
that
no
men
shall
win
of
you
if
that
yée
serue
your
God
as
yée
ought
to
doe
,
but
while
they
liue
so
sinfully
as
they
doe
,
wée
haue
no
dread
on
them
,
for
their
God
shall
not
helpe
them
.
And
then
I
asked
him
how
that
hee
knew
the
state
of
Christians
in
that
manner
,
and
hée
sayd
that
he
knew
well
both
of
Lords
and
commons
,
by
his
messengers
which
hée
sent
through
all
the
countries
as
it
were
marchants
with
precious
stones
and
other
marchandise
to
know
the
manner
of
euery
country
.
And
then
hée
did
call
againe
all
the
Lords
into
his
chamber
to
vs
,
and
then
shewed
hée
vnto
mée
thrée
persons
that
were
great
Lords
of
that
country
,
who
shewed
vnto
mée
the
manner
of
my
country
,
and
of
all
Christendome
,
as
though
they
had
béene
men
borne
in
the
same
parties
,
and
they
spake
french
right
well
and
the
Souldan
also
,
and
then
I
had
great
meruaile
of
this
slaunder
of
our
faith
,
and
so
they
that
should
bée
turned
by
our
good
examples
to
the
faith
of
Iesus
Christ
,
they
are
drawne
away
through
our
euill
liuing
,
and
therefore
it
is
no
wonder
if
that
they
call
vs
euill
,
for
they
say
truth
,
but
the
Sarasins
are
true
,
for
they
kéepe
truely
the
commaundements
of
their
Alkaron
.
Of
the
birth
of
Mahomet
.
Chap.
xlvj
.
depiction of a male figure lying on the ground while another male figure holds a flame to his foot
And
it
befell
sometime
that
Christians
became
Sarasins
,
either
through
pouertie
,
simplenesse
or
wickednesse
,
and
therefore
their
Archbishop
when
hée
receiued
them
said
thus
,
Laelles
ella
Mahomet
roses
ella
,
that
is
to
say
:
There
is
no
God
but
one
,
and
Mahomet
his
messenger
.
And
sithen
I
haue
told
you
a
part
of
their
law
and
of
their
customes
:
Now
I
shall
tell
you
of
their
letters
,
with
their
names
.
First
,
they
haue
for
a
almoy
,
bethat
for
b.
cathi
c.
ethoti
e.
for
d
delphoye
.
for
f
thy
.
garophing
g.
hecum
h.
iochi
i.
kathi
k.
lothun
l.
malach
m.
nahalht
n.
orthy
o.
thoziri
p.
zothij
q.
rucholat
r.
routhi
s
.
salathy
t.
chotimus
v.
yrichom
x.
mazot
z.
zalepin
&
.
ioheten
con.
these
are
the
names
.
These
foure
letters
haue
they
yet
more
for
diuersitie
of
their
language
,
forasmuch
as
they
speake
so
in
their
throts
,
as
wée
haue
in
our
language
,
and
speake
in
England
.
Two
letters
may
they
then
haue
in
their
A.
B.
C.
That
is
to
say
y.
&
.
the
which
are
called
throne
and
zowx
.
Of
diuers
Iles
and
manner
of
people
,
and
of
meruailous
Beasts
.
Chap.
xlvij
.
AND
sithen
I
haue
spoken
before
of
the
holy
land
and
countries
thereabout
,
&
many
wayes
thether
,
and
to
mount
Synay
,
and
to
Babilon
,
and
diuers
other
places
which
I
haue
spoken
of
.
Now
will
I
tell
&
speake
of
Iles
&
of
diuers
beasts
,
and
diuers
folke
and
countries
that
bée
parted
by
the
flouds
that
come
out
of
Paradise
terrestre
.
For
Mesopotamia
and
the
kingdome
of
Calde
and
Araby
,
are
betwéene
two
flouds
,
Tigree
and
Euphrates
,
and
the
kingdome
of
Media
and
Persia
are
betwéene
two
flouds
,
Tigree
&
Nylus
,
and
the
kingdome
of
Surry
,
Palestine
and
Femines
are
betwéene
Euphrates
and
the
sea
of
Mediterani
:
it
is
of
length
from
Marroch
on
the
sea
of
Spaine
,
vnto
the
great
Sea
,
and
so
lasteth
it
beyond
Constantinople
thrée
hundred
and
twentie
mile
of
Lumbardy
and
to
the
Ocean
sea
.
In
Inde
is
the
kingdome
of
Sichem
,
that
is
all
closed
among
hils
,
and
beside
Sichem
is
the
land
of
Amazony
,
wherin
dwell
none
but
women
.
depiction of a male figure holding a spear, next to a wild animal or dog biting into the back of a large spotted cat
And
thereby
is
the
kingdome
of
Albany
which
is
a
great
land
,
and
it
is
called
so
,
because
that
men
are
more
white
there
them
in
other
places
,
and
in
this
country
are
great
hounds
and
strong
,
so
that
they
ouercome
Lyons
and
slay
them
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
in
those
countries
are
many
Iles
and
lands
of
the
which
it
were
too
long
to
tell
,
but
of
some
I
will
speake
more
plainely
afterward
.
Of
the
hauen
of
Gene
,
for
to
goe
by
sea
into
diuers
Countries
.
Chap.
xlviij
.
NOw
he
that
will
go
to
Tartarie
,
Persie
,
Chalde
,
or
Inde
,
he
taketh
ship
at
Gene
or
at
Venice
,
or
at
any
other
hauen
,
and
so
hée
passeth
by
the
sea
and
ariueth
at
Topasond
,
that
is
a
good
citie
,
that
sometime
men
called
the
hauen
of
bridge
,
and
there
is
the
hauen
of
Persia
,
of
Medes
and
of
other
marches
.
In
this
cittie
lyeth
Saint
Athanasius
,
that
was
bishop
of
Alexandria
,
that
made
the
Psalme
Quicunque
vult
.
This
man
was
a
great
Doctor
of
Diuinitie
,
and
of
the
Godhead
,
hée
was
accused
vnto
the
Pope
of
Roome
,
that
hée
was
an
Heritike
,
and
the
Pope
sent
for
him
and
put
him
in
prison
,
and
while
hée
was
in
that
prison
,
he
made
this
Psalme
and
sent
it
vnto
the
Pope
,
and
said
it
that
he
were
an
Heritike
,
then
was
that
Herisie
,
for
that
was
his
faith
and
his
beliefe
:
and
when
the
Pope
saw
that
hée
had
said
therein
was
all
our
faith
,
then
anone
hée
did
deliuer
him
out
of
prison
,
and
hée
commanded
that
Psalme
to
be
said
euery
day
at
the
beginning
of
of
seruice
,
&
so
hée
held
Athanasius
for
a
good
Christian
,
but
hée
would
neuer
after
go
to
his
Bishoprike
,
because
they
accused
him
of
Heresie
.
To
pasond
was
sometime
holden
of
the
Emperour
of
Constantinople
,
but
a
great
man
that
hée
sent
to
helpe
the
country
against
the
Turks
,
did
hold
it
to
himselfe
and
called
him selfe
Emperour
of
Topasond
.
And
from
thence
men
go
through
little
Armony
,
and
in
that
country
in
an
old
Castle
that
is
on
a
rocke
that
men
call
the
Castell
of
Sypris
,
and
there
men
finde
an
Hauke
sitting
vpon
a
perch
right
well
made
,
and
a
faire
Lady
of
Fairy
that
kéepeth
it
,
and
hée
that
will
watch
this
same
Hauke
seauen
daies
and
seauen
nights
,
and
some
say
that
it
is
but
thrée
dayes
and
thrée
nights
alone
without
any
company
and
without
sléepe
:
this
faire
Lady
shall
come
vnto
him
at
the
seauen
or
at
thrée
dayes
end
,
and
shall
graunt
vnto
him
the
first
thing
that
hée
shal
aske
of
worldly
things
,
and
that
hath
often
béene
proued
.
depiction of a female figure looking out from a castle window with a bird or hawk in another window; outside stands a male figure with hand outstretched
And
so
vpon
a
time
it
besel
that
a
man
who
at
that
time
was
king
of
Armony
,
that
was
a
right
doughtie
man
,
watched
vpon
a
time
,
and
at
the
seauen
daies
end
,
the
Lady
came
to
him
and
bad
him
aske
what
hée
would
,
for
hée
had
well
done
his
duetie
,
and
the
king
answered
and
said
,
that
hée
was
a
great
Lord
,
and
in
good
peace
,
&
hée
was
rich
,
so
that
hée
would
aske
nothing
but
onely
all
the
body
of
the
faire
Lady
,
or
to
haue
his
will
of
her
.
Then
this
faire
Lady
answered
,
and
said
vnto
him
,
that
hée
was
a
foole
,
for
hée
wist
not
what
hée
asked
,
for
hèe
might
not
haue
her
,
for
hée
should
haue
asked
of
her
onely
worldly
things
,
and
shée
was
not
worldly
.
And
the
king
said
hée
would
naught
else
,
and
shée
sayd
,
sith
hée
would
aske
naught
else
,
shée
would
graunt
him
and
all
that
came
after
him
,
thrée
things
,
and
said
vnto
him
:
Sir
king
,
yée
shall
haue
warre
without
peace
,
vnto
the
ninth
degrée
,
and
yée
shal
be
in
subiection
vnto
your
enimies
,
and
yée
shall
haue
great
néede
of
good
cattell
,
and
since
that
time
all
the
Kings
of
Armonie
haue
béene
in
warre
and
néedful
,
and
vnder
tribute
of
the
Sarasins
.
Also
a
poore
mans
sonne
as
hée
watched
on
a
time
,
and
asked
the
Lady
if
that
hée
might
bée
rich
and
happy
in
marchandise
,
and
the
Lady
graunted
him
,
but
shée
said
to
him
that
hée
had
asked
his
vndoing
,
for
great
pride
that
hée
should
haue
therof
.
And
this
man
became
so
great
a
marchant
both
by
sea
and
land
,
that
hée
was
so
rich
that
hée
knew
not
the
thousand
part
of
his
goods
.
Also
a
knight
of
the
templers
watched
likewise
,
and
when
the
had
done
,
he
desired
to
haue
a
purse
full
of
gold
,
and
whatsoeuer
hée
tooke
thereof
,
it
should
euer
bée
full
againe
:
and
the
Lady
graunted
it
him
,
but
shée
told
him
that
hée
had
desired
his
destruction
,
by
the
great
mispending
that
he
should
haue
of
the
same
purse
,
and
so
it
befell
.
But
hée
that
shall
wake
hath
great
néede
to
kéepe
him
from
sléepe
,
for
if
hée
sléepe
,
hée
is
lost
,
so
that
hée
shall
neuer
bée
séene
after
:
but
that
is
not
the
right
way
,
but
for
the
meruaile
.
And
from
Tapasond
men
goe
to
great
Armony
to
a
Citie
that
is
called
Artyron
that
was
wont
to
bée
a
good
Cittie
,
but
that
Turkes
haue
destroyed
it
,
for
there
neither
groweth
wine
nor
yet
fruite
.
From
this
Artyron
men
go
to
an
hill
that
is
called
Sabissocoll
,
and
there
néere
is
an
other
hill
called
Arath
,
but
the
Iewes
call
it
Thano
,
where
the
Arke
of
Noe
rested
after
the
Deluge
,
and
yet
it
is
on
that
hill
,
a
man
may
sée
it
from
farre
in
cléere
weather
,
and
the
hils
bée
xij
.
mile
of
height
,
and
some
say
they
haue
béene
there
,
and
put
their
fingers
in
the
holes
where
the
fiend
went
out
when
Noe
said
in
this
manner
,
Benedicite
.
But
I
vnderstand
that
for
snow
that
is
alway
vpon
the
hill
,
both
Winter
and
Summer
,
no
man
may
goe
vp
since
Noe
was
there
:
but
onely
a
Monk
through
the
grace
of
God
,
who
brought
a
plank
that
yet
is
in
the
Abbey
at
the
hils
foote
,
for
hée
had
great
desire
to
goe
vpon
that
hill
,
and
when
hée
was
at
the
third
part
vpward
,
hée
was
so
weary
that
hée
might
goe
no
further
,
and
hée
rested
him
and
slept
,
and
when
hée
was
awake
,
hée
was
downe
at
the
hils
foote
,
and
then
prayed
hée
to
God
deuoutly
that
hée
would
suffer
him
to
goe
to
the
vpper
part
of
the
hill
,
and
the
Angell
said
,
that
hée
should
haue
his
desire
,
and
so
bée
did
,
and
since
that
time
no
man
did
euer
come
there
.
And
therefore
a
man
ought
not
to
beléeue
all
things
that
are
spoken
of
it
.
depiction of a male figure standing beside a mountain with an axe or scythe raised behind his head
depiction of a heavily-laden grape-vine and a tall field of corn behind a fence
Of
the
Country
of
Iob
,
and
of
the
Kingdome
of
Calde
.
Chap.
xlix
.
ON
the
other
side
of
the
Cittie
of
Carnaa
men
enter
into
the
land
of
Iob
,
that
is
a
good
Land
and
great
plentie
of
all
fruits
,
and
that
Land
is
called
Swere
.
In
this
Land
is
the
Cittie
of
Thomar
.
Iob
was
a
Panim
,
and
also
hée
was
Cofraas
son
,
and
hée
held
that
Land
as
the
prince
thereof
,
and
hée
was
so
rich
,
that
hée
knew
not
the
hundred
part
of
his
goods
,
and
after
his
pouerty
God
made
him
richer
then
euer
hée
was
before
,
so
that
he
was
king
of
Idumea
after
the
death
of
king
Esau
,
and
when
hée
was
king
hée
was
called
Ioab
,
and
in
that
kingdome
hée
liued
a
C.
and
lxx
.
yéere
,
so
that
hée
was
of
age
when
hée
dyed
CC.
and
xlviij
.
yéere
,
And
in
this
land
of
Iob
is
no
want
of
any
thing
that
is
néedfull
to
mans
body
.
There
are
hils
where
men
finde
manna
,
and
manna
is
called
Angels
bread
,
that
is
a
white
thing
right
swéet
,
and
much
swéeter
then
suger
or
honny
,
and
that
commeth
of
the
dew
of
heauen
that
falleth
on
the
hearbs
,
and
there
is
congealed
and
waxen
white
,
and
men
put
it
in
medicines
for
rich
men
.
This
land
marcheth
to
the
land
of
Calde
which
is
a
great
land
and
there
is
full
faire
men
,
and
well
apparelled
,
and
they
goe
richly
arayed
with
cloth
of
Gold
,
and
with
Pearles
and
other
precious
stones
.
But
the
women
are
right
soule
&
euill
clad
,
and
go
bare
foote
,
and
beare
an
ill
cote
,
large
,
wide
,
&
short
,
vnto
their
knées
,
and
haue
long
sléeues
downe
to
the
foote
,
and
depiction of a female figure with very long hair and bare feet, and a male figure
they
haue
great
black
haire
long
hanging
about
their
shoulders
,
and
they
are
right
foule
for
to
looke
vpon
,
but
I
will
not
tell
it
all
,
because
that
I
am
not
worthy
for
to
haue
any
reward
for
my
praising
of
them
.
In
this
land
of
Calde
aforesaid
is
a
cittie
that
men
call
Hur
,
and
in
that
cittie
was
Abraham
the
Patriarke
borne
.
Of
the
kingdome
of
Amasony
whereas
dwell
none
but
women
.
Chap.
L.
NEere
the
Land
of
Calde
is
the
Land
of
Amasony
,
wherein
do
dwell
no
men
but
all
women
,
as
men
say
,
for
they
will
suffer
no
man
to
liue
among
them
nor
to
haue
rule
ouer
them
.
For
somtime
ther
was
a
king
and
men
dwelling
in
that
Land
,
as
they
doe
in
other
Countries
and
had
wiues
,
and
it
befell
that
the
king
had
great
warre
with
them
of
Sychy
,
this
king
was
called
Colopius
and
hée
was
slaine
in
battaile
and
all
the
noble
men
of
his
land
.
And
this
Quéene
when
shée
and
other
Ladies
of
the
land
heard
that
the
king
and
the
Lords
were
slaine
,
they
gathered
them
together
and
killed
all
the
men
that
were
left
in
depiction of two female figures or Amazons, one holding a bow and an arrow, the other holding a pike and a shield
their
land
among
them
.
And
when
they
will
haue
any
man
to
lye
by
them
,
they
send
for
them
into
a
Country
that
is
néere
their
land
,
and
the
men
come
and
stay
there
eight
dayes
,
or
as
the
woman
liketh
,
and
then
goe
they
againe
,
and
if
they
haue
men
children
,
they
send
them
to
their
fathers
when
they
can
eat
and
go
,
if
they
haue
maide
children
they
kéepe
them
,
and
if
they
bée
of
noble
bloud
they
burne
the
left
pap
away
for
bearing
of
a
shield
,
and
if
they
bée
of
baser
degrée
they
burne
the
right
pap
away
for
shooting
.
For
those
women
of
that
country
are
good
warriours
,
and
are
often
in
pay
with
other
Lordes
,
and
the
Quéen
of
that
land
gouerneth
well
the
land
,
this
land
is
inuironed
with
water
.
Beside
Amazony
is
the
land
of
Termagute
,
that
is
a
good
land
and
profitable
,
and
for
the
goodnes
of
that
land
king
Alexander
did
make
a
cittie
there
,
and
called
it
Alexandria
.
Of
the
land
of
Ethiope
.
Chap.
li.
ON
the
other
side
of
Chalde
toward
the
South
side
is
Ethiope
a
great
land
.
In
this
land
on
the
South
are
the
folke
right
black
.
In
that
side
is
a
well
that
on
the
day
the
water
is
so
cold
that
no
man
may
drincke
thereof
,
and
on
the
night
it
is
so
hot
that
no
man
may
abide
to
put
his
hand
in
it
.
In
this
land
the
riuers
and
all
the
waters
are
troubled
and
some
deale
salt
for
the
great
heate
,
depiction of a naked male figure and a naked female figure, standing in the sun in the desert
and
men
of
that
land
are
lightly
dronken
,
and
haue
little
appetite
to
meate
,
and
they
haue
commonly
the
flix
of
body
,
and
they
liue
not
long
.
depiction of a mythical creature, a monopod, sciapod, or male figure lying on his back with a single enormous leg
In
Ethiope
are
such
men
that
haue
but
one
foote
,
and
they
go
so
fast
that
it
is
a
great
meruaile
,
and
that
is
a
large
foot
that
the
shadow
therof
couereth
the
body
from
Sun
or
raine
when
they
lye
vpon
their
backs
,
&
when
their
children
are
first
borne
they
looke
like
russet
,
and
when
they
wax
old
then
they
bée
all
black
.
In
Ethiope
is
the
land
of
Saba
,
of
the
which
one
of
the
thrée
kings
that
sought
our
Lord
at
Bethlehem
was
King
.
Of
Inde
the
more
and
the
lesse
,
and
of
Diamonds
,
and
small
people
,
and
other
things
.
Chap.
lij
.
FRom
Ethiope
men
goe
into
Inde
through
many
and
diuers
countries
,
first
through
Inde
the
more
,
and
it
is
parted
into
thrée
parts
,
that
is
to
say
,
Inde
the
more
,
which
is
a
hot
Land
,
and
Inde
the
lesse
,
which
is
a
temperate
land
,
and
the
third
part
is
toward
the
North
,
&
there
it
is
right
cold
,
so
that
with
great
cold
,
frost
,
and
Ise
,
the
water
becommeth
Christal
,
&
vpon
that
groweth
the
good
Diamonds
that
are
of
a
troubled
coulour
,
that
diamond
is
so
hard
that
no
man
may
breake
it
.
Other
Diamonds
men
finde
in
Araby
that
are
not
so
good
,
for
they
are
more
soft
,
and
there
be
some
in
Cipres
:
and
in
Macedony
men
finde
Diamonds
also
,
but
the
best
are
in
Inde
,
and
some
many
times
are
found
in
Amasse
in
the
mine
where
gold
is
gotten
,
when
men
breake
the
masse
in
péeces
:
sometime
men
finde
some
of
greatnesse
of
a
Pease
,
and
some
lesse
,
and
those
are
as
hard
as
those
of
Inde
:
sometime
there
are
good
Diamonds
found
in
Inde
vpon
the
Rock
of
Christall
:
and
also
vpon
the
Rock
of
Adamand
in
the
sea
,
and
on
other
hils
are
found
Diamonds
that
are
as
great
as
Hasell
nuts
,
which
are
all
square
and
pointed
of
their
owne
kinde
,
and
they
grow
two
together
male
and
female
,
and
are
nourished
with
the
dew
of
heauen
,
and
they
engender
commonly
and
bring
forth
other
small
ones
,
which
increase
&
grow
all
the
yéere
.
I
haue
many
times
tryed
,
that
if
a
man
kéepe
them
with
a
little
of
the
rock
,
and
wet
them
with
many
dewes
sometime
,
they
will
grow
euery
yéere
,
and
the
small
will
wax
great
,
and
if
a
man
doe
beare
that
Diamond
in
his
left
side
,
then
it
is
of
more
vertue
,
for
the
strength
of
their
growiag
is
toward
the
North
,
that
is
on
the
left
side
as
men
of
those
countries
say
.
To
him
that
beareth
the
Diomond
vpon
him
it
giueth
hardinesse
,
it
kéepeth
the
lims
of
his
body
,
also
it
giueth
a
man
victory
of
his
enimies
if
his
cause
bée
right
,
and
it
kéepeth
him
that
beareth
it
in
good
will
from
strife
,
from
ryot
,
ill
dreames
,
sorceries
and
enchantments
.
Moreouer
no
wild
beast
shall
grieue
him
nor
assaile
him
.
This
Diamond
should
bée
giuen
fréely
without
couetousnesse
or
buying
,
for
then
it
is
of
most
vertue
,
it
healeth
him
that
is
lunatike
and
hée
that
is
possessed
with
a
Diuell
,
and
as
soone
as
any
venim
or
poison
bée
brought
néere
to
the
Diamond
,
it
moistneth
and
beginneth
to
sweat
,
and
men
may
easily
polish
them
,
though
some
thincke
that
they
may
not
be
polished
.
But
men
may
assay
them
well
in
this
manner
:
first
,
cut
them
on
precious
stones
,
as
Saphyres
or
vpon
Christall
,
and
then
take
a
stone
that
is
called
Adamand
,
and
lay
a
néedle
beefore
that
Adamand
,
and
if
the
Diamond
bée
good
and
vertuous
,
the
Adamand
draweth
not
the
néedle
to
it
,
whiles
the
Diamond
is
there
.
And
this
is
the
proofe
that
they
make
beyond
the
sea
.
But
it
chancheth
sometime
that
the
good
Diamond
looseth
it
vertue
through
him
that
beareth
it
,
and
therefore
it
is
néedefull
for
to
make
it
to
recouer
his
vertue
againe
,
or
else
it
is
little
of
value
.
depiction of two mythical creatures, naked androgynous figures or hermaphrodites
Of
diuers
kingdomes
and
Iles
in
the
land
of
Inde
.
Chap.
liij
.
THere
are
in
Inde
many
countries
and
diuers
kingdomes
,
and
it
taketh
the
name
of
a
riuer
that
runneth
through
it
,
which
is
called
Inde
also
,
and
ther
are
many
precious
stones
in
the
said
Riuer
,
and
diuers
other
strange
things
,
as
Eeles
of
thirty
foote
long
,
and
men
that
dwell
néere
that
riuer
are
of
euill
coulour
,
yelow
and
gréene
.
In
the
land
of
Iude
are
more
then
fiue
thousand
Iles
that
are
inhabited
(
beside
diuers
that
are
vninhabited
)
and
in
each
one
of
those
is
great
plentie
of
Citties
,
and
much
people
:
for
men
of
Inde
are
of
that
condition
that
commonly
they
passe
not
out
of
their
land
,
for
they
dwell
vnder
the
Planet
Saturne
,
and
that
Planet
maketh
his
course
by
the
xij
.
Signes
in
thirtie
yéere
,
and
the
Moone
passeth
through
the
xij
.
Signes
in
a
Moneth
,
and
for
that
Saturne
is
of
so
little
stirring
,
therefore
men
that
dwell
vnder
it
,
and
in
that
Climate
haue
no
good
will
to
stir
much
abroad
.
But
in
our
countrie
it
is
contrary
,
for
wée
are
in
a
Climate
that
is
of
the
Moone
,
and
of
light
stirring
,
and
that
is
the
Planets
of
way
,
and
therefore
it
giueth
vs
will
to
much
moouing
and
stirring
,
and
to
goe
into
diuers
Countries
of
the
world
,
for
it
goeth
about
the
world
more
lightly
then
any
other
Planet
doth
.
Also
men
passe
through
Inde
to
many
countries
by
sea
.
And
then
they
come
to
the
Ile
of
Hermes
,
where
Marchaunts
of
Venice
and
of
Gene
and
of
other
diuers
parts
of
Christendome
come
to
buy
their
marchandise
,
but
it
is
so
warme
there
in
that
I
le
that
mens
members
hang
downe
to
their
shanks
for
the
great
dissoluing
of
the
body
.
And
men
of
that
country
that
know
that
manner
doe
binde
them
full
strait
and
annoint
them
with
ointments
made
therefore
for
to
hold
them
vp
,
or
else
they
might
not
liue
.
depiction of a naked male figure and female figure standing in the sun
depiction of a male figure kneeling before a simulacre or idol with the body of a human and the head of an ox
And
also
they
haue
their
reasons
for
other
planets
,
and
for
fire
also
,
for
it
is
profitable
and
néedfull
.
And
of
Idols
they
say
,
that
the
Oxe
is
the
holyest
that
they
may
finde
here
on
earth
,
and
more
profitable
then
any
other
,
for
hée
doth
much
good
,
and
none
ill
,
and
they
know
well
that
it
may
not
bée
without
the
speciall
grace
of
God
,
and
therefore
they
make
their
God
of
an
Oxe
the
one
halfe
,
and
the
other
halfe
a
man
,
for
man
is
the
fairest
and
the
best
creature
in
the
World
.
And
they
doe
worship
to
Serpents
and
other
beasts
that
they
first
méete
with
in
the
morning
,
and
namely
those
beasts
that
haue
good
méeting
after
whom
they
spéede
well
all
the
day
after
,
the
which
they
haue
proued
of
long
time
,
and
therefore
they
say
that
this
méeting
commeth
of
Gods
grace
,
and
therefore
they
doe
make
Images
like
vnto
these
things
that
they
may
worship
them
before
they
méete
any
thing
else
.
depiction of two dogs or dog-sized rats
And
there
are
some
Christians
that
say
some
Beastes
are
better
for
to
méete
then
other
,
for
Hares
,
Swine
,
and
other
beasts
are
ill
to
méete
first
as
they
say
.
In
this
Ile
of
Cana
is
many
wilde
beasts
,
and
rats
in
that
country
are
as
great
as
hounds
here
,
and
they
take
them
with
mastises
,
for
cats
may
not
take
them
.
From
thence
men
come
to
a
Cittie
that
is
called
Sarchis
,
and
it
is
a
faire
and
good
cittie
,
and
there
dwell
many
Christians
of
Gods
faith
,
and
there
bée
men
of
Religion
.
Fom
thence
men
come
to
the
Land
of
Lombe
,
and
in
that
land
groweth
pepper
in
a
forrest
that
is
called
Tomber
and
it
groweth
in
none
other
place
more
in
all
the
world
then
in
that
forrest
,
and
that
forrest
is
fiftie
dayes
iourney
,
&
there
by
the
land
of
Lombe
is
the
citie
of
Polomes
,
and
vnder
that
cittie
is
a
hill
that
men
call
Polombe
,
and
thereof
taketh
the
cittie
his
name
.
And
so
at
the
foote
of
the
same
hill
is
a
right
faire
and
a
cléere
well
,
that
hath
a
full
good
and
swéet
sauour
,
and
it
smelleth
of
all
manner
sorts
of
spices
.
And
also
at
each
houre
of
the
day
it
changeth
his
sauour
diuersly
,
and
who
so
drinketh
thrice
in
the
day
of
that
well
,
hée
is
made
whole
of
all
manner
sicknes
that
hée
hath
,
I
haue
sometime
dronke
of
that
well
,
and
mée
thinketh
yet
that
I
fare
the
better
,
some
call
it
the
Well
of
youth
,
for
they
that
drinke
thereof
séeme
to
be
young
alway
,
&
liue
without
much
sicknesse
,
and
they
say
this
well
commmeth
from
Paradise
terrestre
,
for
it
is
so
vertuous
,
and
in
this
land
groweth
ginger
,
and
thether
come
many
rich
marchants
for
spices
.
In
this
country
men
worship
an
Oxe
for
his
great
simplenesse
and
méekenesse
,
&
the
profit
that
is
in
him
,
for
they
make
the
Oxe
to
trauaile
vi
.
or
vij
.
yéere
,
and
then
men
do
eate
him
.
And
the
king
of
that
land
hath
euermore
one
Oxe
with
him
,
and
hée
that
kéepeth
him
euery
day
taketh
his
fées
for
the
kéeping
.
And
also
euery
day
hée
gathereth
his
vrine
,
and
his
doung
in
a
vessell
of
gold
,
and
beareth
it
to
the
prelate
that
they
call
Archt
porta
papaton
,
and
the
prelate
beareth
it
to
the
king
,
and
maketh
therupon
a
great
blessing
,
and
then
the
king
putteth
his
hand
therin
,
and
they
call
it
gaule
,
and
he
annointeth
his
front
,
and
his
breast
therewith
,
and
they
doe
it
great
worship
,
and
say
hée
shall
bée
fulfilled
with
the
vertue
of
the
Oxe
before
said
,
and
that
hée
is
hallowed
through
vertue
of
those
holy
things
as
they
say
.
And
when
the
king
hath
thus
done
,
than
other
Lords
doe
it
,
and
after
them
other
men
after
their
degrée
if
they
may
haue
any
of
the
remnant
.
In
this
country
their
Idols
are
halfe
man
and
halfe
Oxe
,
as
the
figure
in
the
second
leafe
before
is
shewed
,
and
out
of
these
Idols
the
wicked
Ghost
speaketh
vnto
them
,
and
giueth
them
answere
of
what
thing
that
they
aske
him
,
and
before
these
Idols
they
many
times
slay
their
children
,
and
sprinkle
the
bloud
on
the
Idols
,
and
so
make
sacrifice
.
And
if
any
man
dye
in
that
country
,
they
burne
them
in
token
of
penance
,
that
hée
should
suffer
no
penance
if
hée
were
laid
in
the
earth
by
eating
of
wormes
.
And
if
his
wife
haue
not
children
,
then
they
burne
her
with
him
,
and
they
say
that
it
is
good
reason
that
shée
kéepe
him
company
in
the
other
world
as
shée
did
in
this
,
and
if
shée
haue
children
shée
may
liue
with
them
,
if
shée
will
,
and
if
the
wife
die
before
,
shée
shall
bée
burnt
and
her
husband
also
if
he
will
.
In
this
country
groweth
good
wine
,
and
women
drinck
wine
and
men
none
,
and
women
shaue
their
heads
and
not
men
.
Of
the
kingdome
of
Mabaron
.
Chap.
liiij
.
FRom
this
land
men
goe
many
dayes
iourney
to
a
country
called
Mabaron
,
and
this
is
a
great
kingdome
,
therein
is
many
faire
Citties
and
Townes
.
In
this
land
lyeth
Saint
Thomas
in
a
faire
tombe
in
the
cittie
of
Calamy
,
and
the
arme
and
the
hand
that
hée
put
in
our
Lords
side
after
his
Resurrection
,
when
depiction of a hand emerging from a tomb
Christ
said
vnto
him
,
Noli
esse
incredulus
,
sed
fidelis
:
that
is
to
say
,
bée
not
of
vaine
hope
but
beléeue
,
that
same
hand
lyeth
yet
without
the
tombe
bare
,
and
with
this
hand
they
giue
their
domes
in
that
country
,
to
wit
who
saith
right
,
and
who
doth
not
,
for
if
any
strife
bée
betwéene
two
parties
,
they
write
their
names
,
and
put
them
into
the
hand
,
and
then
incontinently
the
hand
casteth
away
the
bill
of
him
that
doth
wrong
,
and
holdeth
the
other
still
that
doth
right
,
and
therefore
men
come
from
farre
countries
to
haue
iudgement
of
causes
that
are
in
doubt
.
In
this
Church
of
Saint
Thomas
is
a
great
Image
that
is
a
simulacre
and
it
is
richly
beset
with
precious
stones
and
pearles
,
to
that
Image
men
come
in
pilgrimage
from
farre
countries
with
great
deuotion
,
and
there
come
some
pilgrimes
that
beare
sharpe
kniues
in
their
hands
,
and
as
they
goe
by
the
way
,
they
sheare
their
shanks
and
thighes
that
the
blood
may
come
out
for
the
loue
of
that
Idoll
,
and
they
say
that
hée
is
holy
that
will
dye
for
that
Idols
sake
.
And
there
is
some
that
from
the
time
that
they
goe
out
of
their
houses
at
each
third
pace
they
knéele
till
that
they
come
to
this
Idoll
,
and
when
they
come
there
,
they
haue
insence
or
such
other
thing
to
offer
to
the
Idoll
.
And
there
before
that
Minster
or
Church
of
this
Idoll
is
a
riuer
full
of
water
,
and
in
that
riuer
pilgrims
cast
Gold
,
Siluer
,
pearles
and
other
precious
stones
without
number
,
instead
of
offerings
,
and
therefore
when
as
the
minster
hath
any
néed
of
mending
,
then
the
master
of
the
Minster
goes
vnto
that
riuer
,
and
takes
out
therof
as
much
as
is
néedfull
for
the
mending
of
the
Minster
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
depiction of a male figure with a sword or scimitar kneeling beside his hat in front of a cart containing a simulacre or idol of a male head
that
when
any
great
feasts
of
that
Idol
come
,
as
the
dedication
of
the
Church
,
or
of
the
throning
of
the
Idol
,
all
the
country
thereabout
assemble
there
together
,
and
then
men
set
this
Idol
with
great
reuerence
and
worship
in
a
chaire
well
dressed
with
cloth
of
gold
and
other
tapistrie
,
and
so
they
carry
him
with
great
reuerence
and
worship
round
about
the
Cittie
,
and
before
the
chaire
goeth
first
in
Procession
all
the
maydens
of
the
country
,
two
and
two
together
,
and
so
after
them
goe
the
pilgrims
that
are
come
from
farre
countries
of
the
which
pilgrimes
some
fall
downe
before
the
Chaire
,
and
letteth
all
go
ouer
them
,
and
so
are
they
slaine
,
and
some
haue
their
armes
&
legs
broken
and
they
doe
it
for
loue
of
the
Idoll
,
and
they
beléeue
the
more
paine
that
they
suffer
here
for
their
Idoll
,
the
more
ioy
shall
they
haue
in
the
other
world
:
but
a
man
shall
finde
few
Christians
that
will
suffer
so
much
penance
for
our
Lords
sake
,
as
they
do
for
their
Idol
.
And
nigh
before
the
chaire
goe
all
the
minstrels
of
the
Country
,
which
are
without
number
with
many
diuers
melodies
.
depiction of male figure slicing himself with a knife in front of a simulacre or idol with a demonic head sitting on a tower pointing downward; nearby another male figure
And
when
they
are
come
againe
to
the
Church
they
set
vp
the
Idoll
againe
in
his
Throne
,
and
for
worship
of
the
Idoll
two
or
thrée
are
willingly
slaine
with
sharp
kniues
,
and
the
men
in
that
country
think
they
haue
great
worship
,
if
that
holy
man
which
is
slaine
bée
of
their
kindred
:
likewise
they
say
that
all
those
that
are
there
slaine
are
holy
men
and
Saints
and
they
are
written
in
their
lettany
,
and
when
they
are
thus
dead
their
friends
burne
their
bodies
and
they
take
the
ashes
,
and
those
are
kept
as
reliques
,
and
they
say
it
is
an
holy
thing
,
and
that
they
haue
doubt
of
no
perill
when
they
haue
of
those
ashes
.
Of
a
great
country
called
Lamory
,
where
the
people
go
all
naked
,
and
other
things
.
Chap.
lv
.
depiction of a naked male figure and a naked female figure, standing in the sun in the desert
FRom
this
country
two
and
fifty
dayes
iourney
is
a
country
that
is
called
Lamory
,
and
in
that
land
is
great
heat
,
and
it
is
the
custome
there
that
men
and
women
goe
all
naked
,
and
they
scorne
all
them
that
are
clad
,
for
they
say
that
God
made
Adam
and
Eue
all
naked
,
and
that
men
should
haue
no
shame
of
that
God
made
,
and
they
beléeue
in
the
same
God
that
made
Adam
and
Eue
,
and
all
the
world
,
and
there
is
no
woman
marryed
,
but
women
are
all
common
there
,
and
they
refuse
no
man
.
And
they
say
that
God
commaunded
to
Adam
and
Eue
and
all
that
come
of
him
saying
:
Crescite
et
multiplicamini
et
repleti
terram
.
Encrease
and
multiply
and
fill
the
earth
,
no
man
there
may
say
this
is
my
wife
,
nor
no
woman
may
say
this
is
my
husband
,
and
when
they
haue
children
they
giue
them
to
whom
they
will
of
them
that
haue
medled
with
them
.
Also
the
Land
is
all
common
,
for
euery
man
taketh
what
hée
will
,
for
that
one
man
hath
now
this
yéere
,
an
other
man
hath
the
next
yéere
.
And
all
the
goods
,
as
Corne
,
Beasts
,
and
all
manner
of
things
in
that
country
is
all
common
.
For
there
is
nothing
vnder
lock
,
and
as
rich
is
one
man
as
another
:
but
they
haue
an
euill
custome
in
eating
of
flesh
,
for
they
eate
more
gladly
mans
flesh
then
other
.
Neuerthelesse
,
in
that
land
is
abundance
of
corne
,
of
flesh
,
of
fish
,
of
gold
of
siluer
,
and
of
all
manner
of
goods
.
And
thether
doe
Marchaunts
bring
children
depiction of a male figure, naked apart from a helmet and sword, defending a shield, decorated with two keys crossed over a column, from another male figure with a sword
for
to
sell
,
and
those
that
are
fat
they
eat
,
but
those
that
be
leane
thay
kéepe
till
they
bée
fat
,
and
then
are
they
eaten
.
And
beside
this
Ile
of
Lamory
is
another
called
Somober
,
the
which
is
a
good
I
le
,
and
there
both
men
and
women
that
are
of
the
nobilitie
are
marked
in
the
visage
with
an
hot
yron
,
that
they
may
be
knowne
from
other
,
for
they
thinke
themselues
the
worthyest
of
the
world
,
and
they
haue
euermore
warre
with
those
men
that
are
naked
of
whom
I
spake
before
.
And
there
are
many
other
Iles
and
people
,
of
the
which
it
were
ouermuch
for
to
speak
here
.
Of
the
country
and
I
le
named
Iana
,
which
is
a
mightie
Land
.
Chap.
lvi
.
ANd
there
is
also
a
great
Ile
that
is
called
Iana
,
and
the
king
of
the
country
hath
vnder
him
seauen
kings
,
for
hée
is
a
full
mightie
Prince
.
In
this
Ile
groweth
all
manner
of
spices
more
plenteously
then
in
any
other
places
,
as
Ginger
,
Cloues
,
Nutmegs
and
other
,
and
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
the
Nutmeg
beareth
the
Mace
:
also
in
that
I
le
is
great
plentie
of
depiction of a fruit tree
all
things
saue
wine
.
The
king
of
this
Land
hath
a
rich
Pallace
,
and
the
best
that
is
in
the
world
,
for
all
the
stares
of
his
hall
and
chambers
are
made
one
of
gold
,
and
another
of
siluer
,
and
all
the
walles
are
plated
with
fine
gold
and
siluer
,
and
in
those
plates
are
written
stories
of
knights
,
and
battailes
,
and
the
floures
of
the
hall
and
chambers
are
of
gold
and
siluer
,
so
that
no
man
would
beléeue
the
great
riches
that
are
there
except
hée
had
séene
it
,
and
the
king
of
this
Ile
is
so
mighty
that
hée
hath
many
times
ouercome
the
great
Caane
of
Cathay
,
which
is
the
mightiest
Emperor
that
is
in
all
the
world
,
there
is
often
war
betwéene
them
,
for
the
great
Caane
would
make
him
hold
his
land
of
him
.
Of
the
kingdome
of
Pathen
or
Salmasse
,
which
is
a
goodly
land
.
Chap.
lvij
.
ANd
for
to
goe
forth
by
the
Sea
,
there
is
an
Ile
that
is
called
Pathen
,
and
some
call
it
Salmasse
,
for
it
is
a
great
with
many
faire
citties
.
In
this
land
growes
trées
that
beare
meale
,
of
which
men
make
faire
bread
&
while
,
&
of
good
sauour
,
&
it
séemeth
like
as
it
were
wheate
.
And
there
be
other
trées
which
beare
venim
,
against
the
which
is
no
medicine
depiction of two fruit trees, one with leaves
but
onely
to
take
of
the
leaues
of
the
same
trées
and
stampe
them
,
and
temper
them
with
water
,
and
drinck
it
,
or
else
hée
shall
dye
sodainely
,
for
nothing
else
may
helpe
him
.
And
if
yée
will
know
how
these
trées
beare
meale
,
I
shall
tell
you
,
men
hewe
with
an
hatchet
about
the
roote
of
the
trée
by
the
earth
,
&
they
pearce
it
in
many
places
,
and
then
commeth
out
a
licour
the
which
they
take
in
a
vessell
and
set
it
in
the
Sunne
,
and
drie
it
,
and
when
it
is
drie
they
carry
it
vnto
the
mill
to
grind
,
and
so
it
is
faire
meale
and
white
.
Also
hony
,
wine
and
venim
are
drawne
out
of
other
trées
in
the
same
manner
,
and
they
put
it
in
vessels
,
to
kéepe
.
In
that
I
le
is
a
dead
sea
,
which
is
a
water
that
hath
no
bottome
,
and
if
any
thing
fall
therein
,
it
shall
neuer
bée
found
:
beside
that
sea
groweth
great
Canes
,
and
vnder
their
rootes
men
finde
a
precious
stone
of
great
vertue
,
for
hée
that
beareth
one
of
those
stones
about
him
,
ther
may
no
Iron
gréeue
him
nor
draw
bloud
on
him
,
and
therefore
they
that
haue
those
stones
fight
full
hardly
,
for
there
may
no
weapon
that
is
of
Iron
grieue
him
,
therefore
they
that
know
the
manner
,
make
their
weapons
without
yron
,
and
so
they
slay
them
.
Of
the
kingdome
of
Talonach
,
the
king
whereof
hath
many
wiues
,
Chap
lviij
.
THen
is
there
another
I
le
that
men
call
Talonach
the
same
is
a
great
land
,
and
therein
is
great
plentie
of
fish
&
other
goods
,
as
you
shal
hereafter
heare
.
And
they
king
of
that
land
hath
as
many
wiues
as
he
wil
,
a
thousand
and
moe
,
and
he
neuer
lyeth
but
once
by
any
one
of
them
,
also
in
that
land
is
a
great
meruaile
,
for
all
manner
of
fishes
of
the
sea
commeth
thether
once
depiction of a male figure with a sword or scimitar kneeling beside his hat in front of a cart containing a simulacre or idol of a male head
a
yéere
one
after
another
,
and
lyeth
néere
the
land
,
somtime
on
the
land
,
and
so
lie
thrée
dayes
and
men
of
that
land
come
thether
and
take
of
them
what
they
will
,
and
then
go
those
fishes
away
and
an
other
sort
commeth
,
and
lyeth
also
thrée
dayes
,
&
men
take
of
them
,
and
thus
do
all
manner
of
fishes
till
all
haue
béene
there
,
and
men
haue
taken
what
they
will
.
But
no
man
can
tell
the
cause
why
it
is
so
But
they
of
that
country
say
,
that
those
fishes
come
so
thether
to
doe
worship
to
their
king
,
for
they
say
hée
is
the
worthiest
king
of
the
world
,
for
he
hath
depiction of male figure taking a fish from the sea with his bare hands
so
many
wiues
and
getteth
so
many
children
of
them
.
And
that
same
king
hath
xiiij
.
M.
Elephants
or
moe
which
bée
tame
,
and
they
be
kept
for
his
pleasure
by
the
men
of
the
country
,
so
that
hée
may
haue
them
ready
at
his
hand
when
hée
hath
any
warre
against
any
King
or
Prince
,
and
then
hée
doth
put
vpon
their
backs
castles
and
men
of
war
as
the
vse
of
the
land
is
,
and
likewise
doe
other
kings
and
princes
thereabout
.
depiction of an elephant with a castle on its back and a wild boar
Of
the
Iland
called
Raso
,
where
men
be
hanged
as
soone
as
they
are
sicke
.
Chap.
lix
.
depiction of a naked male figure bound to a tree surrounded by four birds
AND
from
this
Ile
men
goe
to
another
I
le
called
Raso
,
and
the
men
of
this
Ile
when
their
friends
are
sicke
,
and
that
they
beléeue
surely
that
they
shall
dye
,
they
take
them
and
hang
them
vp
quicke
on
a
trée
,
and
say
it
is
better
that
birds
that
are
Angels
of
God
eate
them
,
then
wormes
of
the
earth
.
From
thence
men
goe
to
an
Ile
where
the
men
are
of
an
il
kind
,
for
they
nourish
hounds
for
to
strangle
men
And
when
their
friends
are
sicke
that
they
hope
they
shall
dye
,
then
doe
those
hounds
strangle
them
,
for
they
will
not
that
they
die
a
kindely
death
,
for
then
should
they
suffer
too
great
paine
,
as
they
say
,
and
when
they
are
thus
dead
they
eate
their
flesh
for
venison
.
Of
the
Iland
of
Melke
wherein
dwelleth
euill
people
.
Chap.
lx
.
FRom
thence
men
goe
by
sea
through
many
Iles
vnto
an
Ile
called
Melke
,
and
there
bée
full
ill
people
,
for
they
haue
none
other
delight
but
for
to
fight
and
slay
men
,
for
they
drinke
gladly
mans
blood
which
depiction of two armoured male figures with swords, one holding a cup
blood
they
call
good
,
and
they
that
may
slay
most
,
is
of
most
fame
among
them
.
And
if
there
bée
two
men
at
strife
,
and
after
bée
made
at
one
,
then
must
they
drinke
eyther
others
blood
,
or
else
the
accord
is
of
no
value
.
From
this
Ile
men
goe
to
an
other
I
le
that
is
called
Traconit
where
all
men
are
as
beasts
,
depiction of a male figure biting the head off a snake, with two snakes on the ground nearby
for
they
are
vnreasonable
,
and
they
dwell
in
caues
for
they
haue
not
wit
to
make
houses
,
these
men
eate
Adders
and
speake
not
,
but
make
such
a
noise
as
Adders
doe
one
to
another
,
and
they
make
no
force
of
riches
,
but
of
a
stone
that
is
of
forty
coulours
,
and
it
is
called
Traconit
after
that
I
le
,
they
know
not
the
vertue
thereof
,
but
they
couet
it
for
the
great
fairenesse
.
Of
the
Iland
named
Macumeran
,
whereas
the
people
haue
heads
like
hounds
.
Chap.
lxi
.
depiction of a mythical creature, a cynocephalus or male figure with a dog's head holding a spear and a shield standing before a simulacre or idol of an ox
FRom
that
I
le
men
goe
to
an
other
that
is
called
Macumeran
,
which
is
a
great
Ile
&
a
faire
,
and
the
men
and
women
of
that
country
haue
heades
like
hounds
,
they
are
reasonable
,
and
worship
an
Oxe
for
their
God
,
they
goe
all
naked
but
a
litle
cloath
before
their
priuie
members
,
they
are
good
men
to
fight
,
and
they
beare
a
great
Target
with
which
they
couer
all
the
body
,
and
a
speare
in
their
hand
,
and
if
they
take
any
man
in
battaile
,
they
send
him
to
their
king
,
which
is
a
great
Lord
and
deuout
in
his
faith
,
for
hée
hath
about
his
neck
on
a
Corde
thrée
hundred
Pearles
great
and
orient
,
and
as
wée
say
our
Pater
noster
and
other
prayers
,
right
so
their
king
saith
euery
day
thrée
hundred
praiers
to
his
God
before
hée
eyther
eate
or
drinck
,
and
he
beareth
also
about
his
neck
a
Ruby
,
orient
,
fine
and
good
,
that
is
néere
a
foote
and
fiue
fingers
long
.
For
when
they
choose
their
king
they
giue
to
him
that
Ruby
to
beare
in
his
hand
,
&
then
they
lead
him
riding
about
the
cittie
,
and
then
euer
after
are
they
subiect
to
him
,
and
therefore
hée
beareth
that
Ruby
alway
about
his
neck
,
for
if
hée
beare
not
the
Ruby
,
they
would
no
longer
hold
him
for
King
.
The
great
Caane
of
Cathay
hath
much
coueted
this
Ruby
:
but
hée
might
neuer
haue
it
,
neither
for
warre
nor
for
other
goods
,
and
this
king
is
a
full
true
and
depiction of a giant lizard
righteous
man
,
for
men
may
goe
safely
&
surely
through
his
land
,
and
beare
all
that
hée
will
,
for
there
is
no
man
so
hardy
to
let
them
.
And
from
thence
men
goe
to
an
Ile
that
is
called
Silo
,
this
Ile
is
more
then
an
hundred
mile
about
,
and
therein
be
many
Serpents
which
are
great
,
with
yealow-stripes
,
and
they
haue
foure
féete
,
with
short
legs
,
and
great
clawes
,
some
be
fiue
fadom
of
length
,
and
some
of
eight
,
and
some
of
tenne
,
and
some
more
,
some
lesse
,
and
bée
called
Cocodrils
,
and
there
are
also
many
wilde
beasts
and
Elephants
.
Also
in
this
Ile
and
in
many
Iles
thereabout
are
many
wilde
géese
with
two
heads
,
and
there
bée
also
in
that
country
white
Lions
,
and
many
other
diuers
meruailous
beasts
,
and
if
I
should
tell
all
,
it
would
be
to
long
.
depiction of a mythical creature, a bird or goose with two heads
Of
a
great
Iland
called
Dodyn
,
where
are
many
men
of
euill
conditions
.
Chap.
lxij
.
depiction of a female figure strangling a young male figure with a rope while a male figure holds an axe raised behind his head; in the background another male figure
THen
is
there
another
I
le
called
Dodyn
,
and
it
is
a
great
I
le
.
In
the
same
I
le
are
many
and
diuers
sorts
of
men
who
haue
euill
manners
,
for
the
father
eateth
the
son
,
&
the
son
the
father
,
the
husband
his
wife
,
and
the
wife
her
husband
.
And
if
it
so
be
that
the
father
bée
sicke
,
or
the
mother
,
or
any
friend
,
the
Son
goes
soone
to
the
priest
of
the
law
,
and
praieth
him
that
he
wil
aske
of
the
Idoll
if
his
father
shall
die
of
that
sicknesse
or
not
.
And
then
the
priest
and
the
son
knéele
downe
beefore
the
Idoll
deuoutly
and
aske
him
,
and
hée
answereth
to
them
,
and
if
hée
say
that
hée
shall
liue
,
then
they
kéepe
him
well
,
and
if
hée
say
that
hée
shall
dye
,
then
commeth
the
Priest
with
the
sonne
or
with
the
wife
,
or
any
that
is
a
friend
vnto
him
that
is
sicke
,
and
they
lay
their
hands
ouer
his
mouth
to
stop
his
breath
,
&
so
they
slay
him
,
and
then
they
smite
all
the
body
into
péeces
,
and
prayeth
all
his
friends
for
to
come
and
eate
of
him
that
is
dead
,
and
they
make
a
great
feast
therof
,
and
haue
many
minstrels
there
,
and
eat
him
with
great
melody
.
And
so
when
they
haue
eaten
all
the
flesh
,
then
they
take
the
bones
and
bury
them
all
singing
with
great
worship
,
and
all
those
of
his
friends
that
were
not
there
at
the
eating
of
him
haue
great
shame
and
reproofe
,
so
that
they
shal
neuer
more
bée
taken
as
friends
.
depiction of a mythical creature, a cyclops or naked male figure with one eye next to a fishpond
depiction of a mythical creature, a Blemmye or human figure with no head and a face in its chest
depiction of a mythical creature, a human figure with no nose
depiction of a mythical creature, a human figure with no nose
depiction of a naked male figure and female figure standing in the sun
Of
the
kingdome
of
Mancy
,
which
is
a
large
kingdome
of
the
world
.
Chap.
lxiij
.
TO
goe
from
this
Ile
toward
the
East
,
after
many
daies
a
man
shall
come
to
a
kingdome
called
Mancy
,
and
this
is
in
great
Inde
,
and
it
is
the
most
delectable
and
plentifull
land
in
all
the
world
.
In
this
land
dwell
Christians
&
Sarasins
,
for
it
is
a
great
land
,
and
therein
are
two
thousand
great
Citties
,
and
many
other
townes
.
In
this
land
no
man
goeth
a
begging
,
for
there
is
no
poore
man
,
and
there
men
haue
beards
as
it
were
Cats
.
In
this
Ile
are
faire
women
,
and
therefore
some
men
call
that
land
Albany
,
for
the
white
folke
,
and
there
is
a
cittie
that
is
called
Latorim
,
and
it
is
bigger
then
Paris
,
and
in
that
land
are
Birds
twise
greater
then
they
bée
here
,
and
there
is
all
manner
of
vittailes
good
cheape
.
In
this
country
are
white
hens
,
and
they
beare
no
feathers
but
wooll
,
as
shéepe
do
in
our
depiction of two mythical creatures, birds or hens covered in wool
Land
,
and
women
of
that
Country
that
are
wedded
beare
crownes
vpon
their
heads
,
that
they
may
bée
knowne
by
.
In
this
country
they
take
a
beast
that
is
called
a
Loyre
,
and
they
kéepe
it
to
goe
into
waters
or
riuers
,
&
straight
way
he
bringeth
out
of
the
water
great
fishes
,
and
thus
they
take
fish
as
much
as
them
néedeth
.
From
this
cittie
men
goe
many
dayes
iourney
to
another
Cittie
called
Cassay
,
which
is
the
fairest
Cittie
of
the
world
,
and
that
cittie
is
fiftie
mile
about
,
and
there
is
in
that
Cittie
aboue
xij
.
principal
gates
without
.
From
thence
within
thrée
myle
is
another
great
Cittie
,
and
within
this
Cittie
are
more
then
twelue
thousand
bridges
,
&
vpon
each
bridge
is
a
strong
tower
,
where
the
kéepers
dwell
to
kéepe
it
against
the
great
Caane
,
for
it
boundeth
on
his
land
,
and
on
each
side
of
the
cittie
runneth
a
great
riuer
,
and
there
dwell
Christians
and
other
,
for
it
is
a
good
and
plenteous
country
,
and
there
groweth
right
good
wine
,
in
this
noble
cittie
the
king
of
Mancy
was
wont
to
dwell
and
there
dwell
religious
men
,
as
friers
.
And
men
go
vpon
the
riuer
till
they
come
to
an
Abbey
of
Monkes
a
little
from
the
cittie
,
and
in
that
Abbey
is
a
great
garden
,
and
therein
is
many
manner
of
trées
of
diuers
fruites
,
in
that
garden
are
diuers
kindes
of
beasts
,
as
Baboynes
,
Apes
,
Marmozets
,
and
other
,
and
when
the
couent
haue
eaten
,
a
Monke
taketh
the
reliefe
and
beareth
it
into
the
Garden
,
and
smiteth
once
with
a
bell
of
siluer
,
which
hée
holdeth
in
his
hand
,
and
anone
come
out
these
beasts
that
I
spake
of
,
and
many
moe
,
néere
two
or
thrée
thousand
,
and
hée
giueth
them
meat
in
faire
vessels
of
siluer
,
and
when
they
haue
eaten
,
hée
smiteth
the
bell
againe
,
and
they
goe
away
,
and
the
Monke
saith
that
those
beasts
are
soules
of
men
that
are
dead
,
and
those
beasts
that
are
faire
,
are
soules
of
Lords
and
other
rich
men
,
and
those
that
are
foule
beasts
are
soules
of
other
commons
,
and
I
asked
them
if
it
had
not
béene
better
to
giue
that
reliefe
to
poore
men
,
and
they
said
there
is
no
poore
men
in
that
country
,
but
if
there
were
,
yet
were
it
more
almes
to
giue
it
to
those
soules
that
suffer
there
their
penance
,
and
may
goe
no
farther
to
get
their
meat
,
then
to
men
that
haue
wit
,
and
may
trauaile
for
their
meat
.
Then
men
come
to
a
Cittie
that
is
called
Chibens
,
and
there
was
the
first
siege
of
the
king
of
Mancy
.
In
this
cittie
are
thrée
score
bridges
of
stone
as
faire
as
may
bée
made
.
Of
the
Land
of
Pigme
,
the
people
whereof
are
but
three
spans
long
.
Chap.
lxiiij
.
WHen
men
passe
from
that
Cittie
of
Chibens
,
they
passe
ouer
a
great
riuer
of
fresh
water
,
and
it
is
néere
foure
mile
broad
,
and
then
men
enter
into
the
land
of
the
great
Caane
.
This
riuer
goeth
through
the
land
of
Pigme
,
and
there
men
are
of
little
stature
,
for
they
are
but
thrée
spans
long
,
and
they
are
right
faire
both
men
and
women
,
though
they
be
little
,
and
they
are
marryed
when
they
are
halfe
a
yéere
old
,
and
they
liue
but
eight
yéere
,
for
hée
that
liueth
eight
yéere
is
holden
right
old
,
and
these
small
men
are
the
best
workmen
of
silke
and
of
cotten
,
and
all
manner
of
things
that
are
in
the
world
:
and
these
men
trauaile
not
nor
till
land
but
they
haue
among
them
great
men
as
wée
are
,
to
trauaile
for
them
,
and
haue
great
scorne
of
those
great
men
,
as
wee
would
haue
of
Gyants
,
or
of
them
if
they
were
among
vs
.
Of
the
Cittie
of
Menke
where
a
great
Nauie
is
.
Chap.
lxv
.
FRom
this
Land
men
goe
through
many
countries
,
cities
,
&
townes
,
till
they
come
to
a
cittie
that
men
call
Menke
.
In
that
citty
is
a
great
Nauie
of
ships
and
they
are
as
white
as
snow
of
the
kinde
of
the
wood
that
they
are
made
of
,
and
they
are
made
as
it
were
great
houses
with
walles
and
chambers
,
and
other
easements
.
Of
the
land
named
Cathay
and
of
the
great
riches
thereof
.
Chap.
lxvj
.
ANd
from
thence
men
goe
vpon
a
riuer
that
men
call
Ceremolan
,
and
this
riuer
goeth
through
Cathay
and
doth
many
times
harme
when
it
waxeth
great
:
Cathay
is
a
faire
country
and
rich
,
full
of
goods
and
marchandise
:
thether
come
marchants
euery
yéere
for
to
fetch
spices
and
other
marchandises
more
commonly
then
they
do
to
other
countries
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
Marchaunts
that
come
from
Venice
,
or
from
Gene
,
or
from
other
places
of
Lomberdy
,
or
of
Italie
,
they
goe
by
sea
and
land
xi
.
monethes
and
more
or
they
come
to
Cathay
.
Of
a
great
citie
named
Cadon
,
therein
is
the
great
Caanes
pallace
and
siege
.
Chap.
lxvij
.
IN
the
prouince
of
Cathay
toward
the
East
,
is
an
old
Citie
,
and
beside
that
Cittie
the
Tartarians
haue
made
another
citie
that
men
call
Cadon
that
hath
xij
.
gates
and
betwéen
each
two
gates
is
a
great
mile
,
so
those
two
citties
the
old
and
the
new
is
round
about
xx
.
mile
.
In
this
citie
is
the
pallace
and
siege
of
the
great
Caane
,
it
is
a
full
fayre
place
and
great
,
of
which
the
wals
about
bée
two
mile
,
and
within
that
are
many
fayre
places
&
in
the
garden
of
that
pallace
is
a
right
great
hill
on
the
which
is
another
pallace
,
and
it
is
the
fayrest
that
may
bée
found
in
any
place
,
and
all
about
the
hill
are
many
trées
bearing
diuers
fruits
,
and
about
this
hill
is
a
great
ditch
,
and
there
néere
are
many
riuers
on
each
side
,
and
in
those
are
many
wylde
Foules
that
he
may
take
and
goe
not
out
of
the
pallace
.
Within
the
hall
of
that
pallace
are
xxiiij
.
pillers
of
gold
,
and
all
the
wals
are
couered
with
rich
skinnes
of
beasts
that
men
call
Panthera
.
Those
are
faire
beasts
and
well
smelling
,
and
of
the
smell
of
those
skinnes
,
none
euill
smell
may
come
to
the
Pallace
:
those
skinnes
are
as
redde
as
bloud
,
and
they
shine
so
against
the
Sunne
,
that
a
man
can
scarcely
béehold
them
,
and
those
skinnes
are
estéemed
there
as
much
as
Gold
.
In
the
middest
of
the
pallace
is
a
place
made
that
they
call
the
Mountour
for
the
great
Caane
,
that
is
well
made
with
precious
stones
and
great
,
hanging
about
,
&
at
the
foure
corners
of
the
Mountour
are
foure
nedders
of
gold
,
and
vnder
that
Mountour
and
about
are
Conduits
of
Beuerage
that
they
drincke
in
the
Emperors
Court
.
And
the
hall
of
that
Pallace
is
richly
dight
and
well
:
and
first
at
the
vpper
end
of
the
hall
is
the
Throne
of
the
Emperour
right
high
,
where
hée
sitteth
at
meat
,
at
a
Table
that
is
well
bordred
with
golde
,
and
that
border
is
full
of
precious
stones
and
great
Parles
,
and
the
gréeces
on
which
he
goeth
vp
are
of
diuers
precious
stones
bordred
with
gold
.
At
the
left
side
of
his
Throne
is
the
seate
of
his
wife
,
a
degrée
lower
then
hée
sitteth
,
and
that
is
of
Iasper
,
bordred
with
gold
,
and
the
seate
of
his
second
wife
is
a
degrée
lower
then
the
first
,
and
that
is
also
of
good
Iasper
,
bordred
with
gold
,
and
the
seate
of
the
third
wife
is
a
degrée
lower
then
the
second
,
for
alway
hée
hath
thrée
wiues
with
him
wheresoeuer
hée
is
:
besides
these
wiues
,
on
the
same
side
sitteth
other
Ladies
of
his
kinne
,
each
one
lower
then
other
,
as
they
are
of
degrée
,
and
all
those
that
are
marryed
,
haue
a
counterfayte
of
a
mans
foot
vpon
their
heads
a
cubite
long
,
and
all
made
with
Precious
stones
,
and
about
they
are
made
with
shining
feathers
of
Pecocks
or
such
other
,
in
tokening
that
they
are
in
subiection
of
man
,
and
vnder
mens
féet
,
and
they
that
are
not
wedded
haue
none
such
.
And
on
the
right
side
of
the
Emperour
sitteth
first
his
Sonne
the
which
shall
bée
Emperour
after
him
,
and
hée
sitteth
also
a
degrée
lower
then
the
Emperour
,
in
such
manner
of
seates
as
the
Emperour
sitteth
,
and
by
him
sitteth
other
Lords
of
his
kinne
,
each
one
lower
then
other
as
they
are
of
degrée
.
And
the
Emperour
hath
his
table
by
himselfe
alone
,
that
is
made
of
gold
and
precious
stones
,
or
of
white
Christall
or
yellow
,
bordred
with
gold
,
and
each
one
of
his
wiues
hath
a
table
by
her selfe
.
And
vnder
the
Emperours
Table
sitteth
foure
Clarks
at
his
féete
,
that
writeth
all
that
the
Emperour
saith
,
be
it
good
or
ill
.
And
at
great
feasts
about
the
Emperours
Table
,
and
all
other
Tables
in
the
hall
is
a
Vine
made
of
gold
,
that
goeth
all
about
the
hall
,
and
it
hath
many
branches
of
Grapes
,
like
to
grapes
of
the
Vine
,
some
are
white
,
some
are
yelow
,
some
red
,
some
gréene
,
and
some
blacke
:
all
the
red
are
of
Rubies
,
of
creames
,
or
Allabonce
,
the
white
are
of
Christall
or
Byrall
,
the
yelow
are
of
Topaces
,
the
gréene
are
of
Emeraudes
,
and
Crisolites
,
and
the
black
are
of
Quickesand
Gerandes
,
and
this
Vine
is
made
thus
of
precious
stones
so
properly
,
that
it
séemeth
that
it
were
a
Vine
growing
.
And
beefore
the
Boord
of
the
Emperour
standeth
great
Lords
,
and
no
man
is
so
hardie
to
speake
vnto
him
,
except
it
be
Musitions
for
to
solace
the
Emperour
.
And
all
the
vessell
that
is
serued
in
his
hall
or
chambers
are
of
precious
stones
,
and
specially
at
the
tables
where
great
Lords
eat
,
that
is
to
say
,
of
Iasper
,
Christall
,
Amatist
,
or
fine
gold
,
and
the
cups
are
of
Emeraudes
,
Saphires
,
Topaces
,
and
other
,
of
many
manner
of
stones
and
siluer
haue
they
no
vessell
,
for
they
estéeme
but
little
of
siluer
to
make
vessell
off
,
but
they
make
of
siluer
,
gréeces
,
pillers
and
pauements
of
hals
and
chambers
.
And
ye
shall
vnderstand
that
my
fellow
and
I
were
in
wages
with
him
xvi
.
monethes
against
the
king
of
Mancy
,
vpon
whom
hée
made
war
,
and
the
cause
was
,
we
had
so
great
desire
to
sée
the
nobilitie
of
his
Court
,
if
it
were
such
as
wée
heard
speake
off
,
and
forsooth
wée
found
it
more
richer
,
and
of
greater
royalltie
then
euer
wée
heard
speake
off
,
and
wée
should
neuer
haue
beléeued
it
,
had
wée
not
séene
it
,
but
yée
shall
vnderstand
the
vse
of
our
eating
and
drincking
is
more
ciuile
among
vs
then
in
those
countries
,
for
all
the
commons
eate
vpon
skinnes
of
beasts
on
their
knées
,
and
eate
but
flesh
of
all
manner
of
beasts
,
&
when
they
haue
all
eate
,
they
wipe
their
hands
in
their
skirts
,
and
they
eate
but
once
on
the
day
,
and
eate
but
little
bread
,
but
the
manner
of
the
Lords
is
full
noble
.
Wherefore
the
Emperour
of
Cathay
is
called
the
great
Caane
.
Chap.
lxviij
.
ANd
yée
shall
vnderstand
why
hée
is
called
the
great
Caane
,
yée
know
that
all
the
world
was
destroyed
with
Noes
floud
,
but
Noe
his
wife
and
children
:
Noe
had
thrée
sons
,
Sem
,
Cham
and
Iapheth
,
C
ham
when
hée
saw
his
fathers
priuities
naked
when
hée
slept
,
hée
scorned
it
,
and
therefore
hée
was
cursed
,
and
Iapheth
couered
it
againe
.
These
thrée
brethren
had
all
the
land
.
C
ham
tooke
the
best
part
Eastward
,
that
is
called
Asia
Sem
tooke
Afryke
,
and
Iapheth
tooke
Europe
.
C
ham
was
the
mightiest
and
richest
of
his
brethren
,
and
of
him
are
come
the
Panim
folke
,
and
diuers
manner
of
men
of
the
Iles
,
some
headlesse
,
and
other
men
disfigured
,
for
this
Cham
the
Emperour
there
called
him
Cham
and
Lord
of
all
.
But
ye
shall
vnderstand
that
the
Emperour
of
Cathay
is
called
Caane
,
and
not
Cham
,
and
for
this
cause
it
is
not
long
agoe
that
all
Tartary
was
in
subiection
and
thrall
to
other
nations
about
,
and
they
were
made
heardmen
,
to
kéepe
beasts
,
and
among
them
was
vii
.
linages
or
kinds
,
the
first
was
called
Tartary
that
is
the
best
,
the
second
linage
is
called
Tamahot
,
the
third
Furace
,
the
fourth
Valaire
,
the
fift
Semoth
,
the
sixt
Menchy
,
and
the
seauenth
Sobeth
.
These
are
all
holding
of
the
great
Caane
of
Cathay
.
Now
it
befell
that
the
first
linage
was
an
old
man
,
and
he
was
not
rich
,
and
men
called
him
Chanius
.
This
man
lay
and
slept
on
a
night
in
his
bed
,
and
there
came
to
him
a
knight
all
white
sitting
vpon
a
white
horse
,
and
said
to
him
,
Caane
sléepest
thou
,
God
that
is
almightie
sent
mée
to
thée
,
and
it
is
his
will
that
thou
say
to
the
vii
.
linages
that
thou
shalt
be
their
Emperour
,
for
yée
shall
conquere
all
the
land
about
you
,
and
they
shall
bée
in
your
subiection
as
you
haue
béene
in
theirs
,
and
when
morrow
came
he
rose
vp
and
said
to
the
seuen
linages
,
and
they
scorned
him
and
said
hée
was
a
foole
,
and
the
next
night
the
same
knight
came
to
the
vii
.
linages
,
and
bad
them
in
Gods
behalf
to
make
Chanius
their
Emperour
,
and
they
should
be
out
of
all
subiection
.
And
on
the
morrow
they
chose
Chanius
to
be
Emperour
,
and
did
him
all
worship
that
they
might
doe
,
and
called
him
Caane
as
the
white
knight
called
him
,
&
they
said
they
would
doe
as
hée
bad
them
.
Then
he
made
many
statutes
and
lawes
,
the
which
they
called
Isakan
.
The
first
statute
was
that
they
should
be
obedient
to
God
almighty
&
beléeue
that
hée
should
deliuer
them
out
of
thraldome
,
and
that
they
should
call
on
him
in
all
their
works
.
Another
statute
was
,
that
al
men
that
might
beare
armes
should
be
numbred
,
and
to
each
ten
should
bée
a
master
,
and
to
a
hundred
a
master
,
and
to
a
thousand
a
master
.
Then
hée
commaunded
to
all
the
greatest
and
principallest
of
the
vii
.
linages
,
that
they
should
forsake
all
that
they
had
in
heritage
or
lordship
,
and
that
they
should
hold
them
payed
of
that
he
would
giue
them
of
his
grace
,
&
they
did
so
.
And
also
he
bad
them
that
each
man
should
bring
his
eldest
son
before
him
,
and
slay
his
owne
Son
with
his
owne
hands
,
and
smite
off
their
heads
,
and
as
soone
they
did
his
bidding
.
And
when
hée
saw
they
made
no
letting
of
that
he
bad
them
,
then
bad
hée
them
follow
his
banner
,
and
then
he
put
in
subiection
all
the
lands
about
him
.
How
the
great
Caane
was
hid
vnder
a
tree
,
and
so
escaped
his
enimies
,
because
of
a
Bird.
Chap.
lxix
.
AND
it
befell
on
a
day
that
the
Caane
rode
with
a
few
men
to
sée
the
land
that
he
had
won
,
and
hée
met
with
a
great
multitude
of
his
enimies
,
and
there
hée
was
cast
downe
off
his
horse
and
his
horse
slaine
,
and
when
his
men
saw
him
at
the
earth
,
they
thought
hée
had
béene
dead
,
and
fled
,
and
the
enimies
followed
after
,
and
when
hée
saw
his
enimies
were
far
,
he
hid
him
in
a
bush
,
for
the
wood
was
thick
there
,
and
when
they
were
come
againe
from
the
chase
,
they
went
to
séeke
him
among
the
wood
if
any
were
hid
there
,
and
they
found
many
,
and
as
they
came
to
the
place
where
hée
was
,
they
saw
a
bird
sit
on
a
trée
,
the
which
bird
men
cal
an
Owle
,
&
then
said
they
,
that
there
was
no
man
for
the
bird
sate
there
,
and
so
went
they
away
,
and
thus
was
the
Caane
saued
from
death
,
and
so
he
went
away
on
a
night
to
his
owne
men
which
were
glad
of
his
comming
:
and
from
that
time
vnto
this
day
men
of
that
Country
haue
that
Bird
in
great
reuerence
,
and
for
that
cause
they
worship
that
bird
aboue
all
other
birds
of
the
world
.
And
incontinent
hée
assembled
all
his
men
,
and
rode
vpon
his
enimies
and
destroyed
them
,
and
when
hée
had
won
all
the
lands
that
were
about
him
,
hée
held
them
in
subiection
:
And
when
the
Caane
had
won
all
the
Lords
to
mount
Belyan
,
the
white
knight
came
to
him
in
a
vision
againe
and
said
vnto
him
,
Caane
the
will
of
God
is
that
thou
passe
the
mount
Belyan
,
and
thou
shalt
win
many
lands
,
and
because
thou
shalt
finde
no
passage
,
goe
thou
to
the
mount
Belyan
,
that
is
vpon
the
sea
side
,
and
knéele
nine
times
thereon
against
the
East
in
worship
of
God
,
and
hée
shall
shew
thée
a
way
how
thou
shalt
passe
,
&
the
Caane
did
so
,
&
anone
the
sea
that
touched
the
hill
withdrew
it selfe
and
shewed
him
a
faire
way
of
nine
foote
broad
betwéene
the
hill
and
the
sea
,
and
so
he
passed
right
well
with
all
his
men
,
and
then
hée
wan
the
land
of
Cathay
that
is
the
best
land
and
the
greatest
of
all
the
world
,
and
for
those
ix
.
knéelings
and
the
nine
foote
of
way
,
the
Caane
and
the
men
of
Tartary
haue
the
number
of
nine
in
great
worship
.
Of
the
great
Caanes
letters
and
the
writing
about
his
Seale
.
Chap.
lxx
.
AND
when
hée
had
won
the
land
of
Cathay
hée
dyed
,
and
then
raygned
after
Cythoco
the
eldest
Son
of
Caane
and
his
other
brothers
went
to
win
them
lands
in
other
countries
,
and
they
wan
the
land
of
Pruisse
,
&
of
Rusie
,
&
they
did
call
themselues
Caanes
,
but
hée
of
Cathay
is
the
greatest
Lord
of
all
the
world
,
and
so
he
called
him
in
his
letters
and
saith
thus
.
Caane
filius
Dei
excelsi
vniuersam
terram
colentium
sumus
imperator
&
Dominus
Dominantium
.
That
is
to
say
:
Caane
Gods
son
,
Emperour
of
all
those
that
till
all
the
land
,
and
Lord
of
Lords
.
And
the
writing
about
his
great
seale
is
.
Deus
in
coelo
,
&
Caane
super
terram
eius
fortitudo
omnium
hominum
Imperatoris
sigillum
:
That
is
to
say
,
God
in
heauen
,
Caane
vpon
earth
,
his
strength
the
seale
of
the
Emperour
of
all
men
.
And
the
writing
about
his
priuie
seale
is
.
Dei
fortitudo
omnium
hominum
imperatoris
sigillum
:
That
is
,
The
strength
of
God
,
the
seale
of
the
Emperour
of
all
men
.
And
though
it
bée
so
that
they
bée
not
christians
,
yet
the
Emperour
and
the
Tartarians
beléeue
God
almighty
.
Of
the
gouernance
of
the
countrie
of
the
great
Caane
.
Chap.
lxxj
.
NOw
haue
I
told
you
why
hée
is
called
the
great
Caane
:
Now
shall
I
tell
you
of
the
gouerning
of
his
Court
when
they
make
great
feastes
,
and
hée
kéepeth
foure
principall
feasts
in
the
yéere
,
the
first
is
of
his
birth
,
the
second
when
he
was
borne
to
the
Temple
to
bée
circumcised
,
the
third
is
of
his
Idols
when
they
begin
to
speake
,
and
the
fourth
when
the
Idole
béeginneth
first
to
do
miracles
,
and
at
those
times
he
hath
men
well
arayed
by
thousands
and
by
hundreds
,
and
each
one
wot
well
what
hée
shall
doe
.
For
there
is
first
ordained
foure
thousand
rich
barons
and
mighty
,
for
to
ordaine
the
feast
and
to
serue
the
Emperour
,
and
all
these
barons
haue
crownes
of
Golde
,
well
dight
with
precious
stones
and
pearles
,
and
they
are
clad
in
cloths
of
gold
and
camathas
as
richly
as
they
may
be
made
,
and
they
may
well
haue
such
clothes
,
for
they
are
there
of
lesse
price
then
wollen
cloth
is
here
.
And
those
foure
thousand
Barons
are
parted
into
foure
parts
,
and
each
company
is
clad
in
diuers
colours
right
richly
,
&
when
the
first
thousand
is
passed
and
hath
shewed
themselues
,
then
come
the
second
thousand
,
and
then
the
third
thousand
,
and
then
the
fourth
,
and
none
of
them
speaketh
a
word
.
And
on
the
one
side
of
the
Emperors
table
sitteth
many
Philosophers
of
many
sciences
,
some
of
Astronomie
,
Nigromancie
,
Geometrie
,
Pyromacy
,
and
many
other
sciences
,
and
some
haue
before
them
Astolabes
of
Gold
or
precious
stones
full
of
sand
,
or
of
coales
burning
,
some
haue
horologes
well
dight
and
richly
,
and
other
many
instruments
after
their
Sciences
,
and
at
a
certaine
houre
when
they
sée
time
they
say
to
men
that
stand
before
them
make
peace
,
and
then
say
those
men
with
a
loud
voice
to
all
the
hall
now
bée
still
a
while
,
and
then
saith
one
of
the
Philosophers
each
man
make
reuerence
and
incline
to
the
Emperour
that
is
Gods
Son
&
Lord
of
the
world
,
for
now
is
time
and
houre
,
and
then
all
men
encline
to
him
and
knéele
on
the
earth
,
and
then
the
Philosopher
biddeth
them
rise
vp
againe
,
and
at
another
houre
another
Philosopher
biddeth
them
put
their
finger
in
their
eares
and
they
doe
so
,
and
at
another
houre
another
Philosopher
biddeth
that
all
men
shall
lay
their
hand
on
their
heads
,
and
they
doe
so
,
and
then
hée
biddeth
them
take
them
away
,
and
they
doe
so
,
&
thus
from
houre
to
houre
they
bid
diuers
things
,
and
I
asked
priuily
what
it
should
meane
,
and
one
of
the
masters
said
that
the
enclining
&
the
knéeling
on
the
earth
at
that
time
hath
this
token
,
that
all
those
men
that
knéeled
so
,
shall
euermore
bée
true
to
the
Emperour
,
that
for
no
gift
nor
threatning
they
shall
neuer
bée
traitours
nor
false
to
him
,
and
the
putting
of
the
finger
in
the
eare
hath
this
token
,
that
none
of
those
shall
heare
any
ill
spoken
of
the
Emperour
,
or
his
counsell
.
And
ye
shall
vnderstand
that
men
dight
nothing
,
as
clothes
,
bread
,
drinke
,
nor
no
such
things
to
the
Emperour
but
at
certaine
houres
that
the
Philosophers
tell
,
and
if
any
man
raise
warre
against
the
Emperour
in
what
country
soeuer
it
be
,
these
Philosophers
know
it
soone
,
and
tel
the
Emperor
or
his
counsaile
,
&
he
sendeth
men
thether
,
for
he
hath
many
men
.
Also
he
hath
many
men
that
kéepeth
birds
,
as
gerfaukons
,
Sparhauks
,
Faukons
,
Gentils
,
Laners
,
Sacres
,
Popyniayes
that
can
speake
,
and
many
other
:
he
hath
ten
thousand
Eliphants
,
Baboynes
,
Marmozets
and
other
,
and
he
hath
euer
about
him
many
Phisitions
more
then
two
hundred
that
are
christian
men
,
and
Sarasins
,
but
yet
hée
trusteth
more
in
christian
men
then
in
Sarasins
.
And
there
is
in
that
country
many
Sarasins
and
other
seruants
that
are
christians
and
conuerted
to
the
faith
,
through
preaching
of
good
christian
men
that
dwell
there
,
but
there
are
many
that
will
not
that
men
know
that
they
are
christians
.
Of
the
great
riches
of
the
Emperour
,
and
of
his
dispending
.
Chap.
lxxij
.
THis
Emperour
is
a
great
Lord
,
for
hée
may
dispend
what
hée
will
without
number
,
béecause
hée
spendeth
neither
siluer
nor
gold
,
and
maketh
no
money
but
of
Lether
or
skinnes
,
and
this
same
money
goeth
through
all
his
land
,
and
of
the
siluer
and
gold
builded
hée
his
Pallace
.
And
hée
hath
in
his
chamber
a
piller
of
gold
in
the
which
is
a
Ruby
and
a
Carbuncle
of
a
foote
long
,
the
which
lighteth
all
his
chamber
by
night
,
and
hée
hath
many
other
precious
stones
and
Rubies
,
but
this
is
the
richest
.
This
Emperour
dwelleth
in
the
fommer
towards
the
North
,
in
a
Cittie
that
men
call
Saydus
,
and
there
it
is
cold
enough
,
and
in
the
winter
hée
dwelleth
in
a
Cittie
that
men
call
Camalach
,
and
there
it
is
right
hot
,
but
for
the
most
part
is
hée
at
Cadon
,
that
is
not
farre
thence
.
Of
the
ordinanance
of
the
Lords
of
the
Emperour
when
hee
rideth
from
one
country
to
another
to
warre
.
Chap.
lxxiij
.
AND
when
the
great
Caane
shall
ryde
from
one
Country
to
an
other
,
they
ordayne
foure
hosts
of
people
,
of
which
the
first
goeth
beefore
a
dayes
iourney
,
for
that
Host
lyeth
at
euen
where
the
Emperour
shall
lye
on
the
morrow
,
and
there
is
plentie
of
vittailes
.
And
an
other
Host
commeth
at
the
right
side
of
him
,
and
an
other
at
the
left
side
,
and
in
each
Host
is
much
Folke
.
And
then
commeth
the
fourth
Host
béehinde
him
a
how
draught
,
and
there
is
more
men
in
that
,
then
in
any
of
the
other
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
the
Emperour
rideth
on
no
horse
,
but
when
he
will
go
to
any
secret
place
with
a
priuie
meinie
,
where
hée
will
not
bée
known
,
then
he
rideth
in
a
Chariot
with
foure
whéeles
,
&
thervpon
is
a
chamber
made
of
a
trée
that
men
call
Lignum
Aloes
,
that
commeth
out
of
Paradise
terrestre
,
and
that
Chamber
is
couered
with
plates
of
fine
golde
,
and
precious
stones
and
Pearles
,
and
foure
Eliphants
and
foure
Oxen
all
white
goe
therein
,
and
fiue
or
sixe
great
Lords
ride
about
him
,
so
that
none
other
men
shall
come
nigh
him
,
except
the
Emperour
call
any
,
and
in
the
same
manner
with
a
Charriot
&
such
hoasts
rideth
the
Empresse
by
an
other
side
,
and
the
Emperours
eldest
sonne
in
that
same
aray
,
and
they
haue
so
much
people
that
it
is
a
great
meruaile
for
to
sée
.
How
the
Empire
of
the
great
Caane
is
deuided
into
twelue
Prouinces
,
and
how
that
they
doe
cast
insence
in
the
fire
where
the
great
Caane
passeth
though
the
citties
and
townes
,
in
worship
of
the
Emperour
.
Chap.
lxxiiij
.
THE
Land
of
the
great
Caane
is
deuided
into
twelue
Prouinces
,
and
euery
prouince
hath
more
then
two
thousand
Citties
and
townes
.
And
when
the
Emperour
rideth
through
the
country
,
as
hée
passeth
through
citties
and
townes
,
each
man
maketh
a
fire
before
his
house
,
and
casteth
therein
Insence
and
other
things
that
giue
good
smell
to
the
Emperour
.
And
if
any
men
of
Religion
that
are
christian
men
dwell
néere
where
the
Emperour
commeth
they
méete
him
with
Procession
,
with
Crosse
&
holy
water
,
and
they
sing
Veni
creator
spiritus
,
with
a
loud
voice
,
and
when
hée
séeth
them
comming
hée
commaundeth
the
Lords
that
they
ride
néere
to
them
to
make
way
that
the
Religious
men
may
come
to
him
,
and
when
hée
séeth
the
Crosse
hée
doth
off
his
hat
that
is
made
of
precious
stones
and
great
Pearles
,
&
that
hat
is
so
rich
that
it
is
meruaile
to
tell
,
and
then
hée
enclineth
to
the
Crosse
,
and
the
prelate
of
the
religious
men
saith
Orisons
beefore
him
and
giueth
him
the
blessing
with
the
crosse
,
and
hée
enclineth
to
the
blessing
full
deuoutly
,
and
then
the
prelate
giueth
him
some
fruit
to
the
number
of
ix
.
peares
or
apples
or
other
fruit
,
in
a
platter
of
golde
,
and
then
the
Emperour
taketh
one
thereof
,
and
the
other
hée
giueth
to
his
Lords
,
for
the
maner
is
such
there
,
that
no
strange
men
shall
come
before
the
Emperour
,
but
hée
giue
him
somewhat
after
the
olde
Law
that
saith
.
Non
accedit
in
conspectu
meo
inanis
,
that
is
to
say
.
No
man
come
into
my
sight
idle
.
And
then
the
Emperour
biddeth
these
religious
men
that
they
goe
forth
,
so
that
men
of
his
hoast
defile
them
not
,
and
those
religious
men
that
dwell
where
the
Empresse
or
the
Emperours
son
commeth
,
they
doe
in
the
same
manner
.
How
the
Caane
is
the
mightiest
Lord
of
all
the
world
.
Chap.
lxxv
.
THis
great
Caane
is
the
mightiest
Lord
of
the
world
,
for
Prester
Iohn
is
not
so
great
a
Lord
as
hée
,
nor
the
Soudan
of
Babylon
,
ne
the
Emperour
of
Persia
.
In
this
land
a
man
hath
an
hundred
wiues
,
some
xi
.
and
some
more
,
some
lesse
,
and
they
take
of
their
kin
to
wiues
,
all
saue
their
sisters
,
their
mothers
and
daughters
,
&
they
take
also
well
their
stepmother
if
their
father
be
dead
,
and
men
and
women
haue
all
one
manner
of
clothing
,
so
that
they
may
not
bée
knowne
,
but
the
women
that
are
marryed
beare
a
token
in
their
heads
,
and
they
dwell
not
with
their
husbands
,
but
hée
may
lye
by
any
as
hée
will
.
They
haue
plenty
of
all
manner
of
beasts
saue
swine
,
for
they
will
kéepe
none
,
and
they
beléeue
well
in
God
that
made
all
things
,
and
yet
haue
they
Idols
of
gold
and
siluer
,
and
to
those
Idols
they
offer
their
first
milke
of
beasts
.
Yet
of
other
manners
of
this
country
.
Chap.
lxxvj
.
THe
Emperour
the
great
Caane
hath
thrée
wiues
,
and
the
principall
wife
was
Prester
Iohns
daughter
And
the
people
of
this
Country
begin
to
doe
all
their
things
in
the
newe
Moone
,
and
they
worship
much
the
Sun
,
and
the
Moone
,
those
men
ride
commonly
without
spurres
,
for
they
hold
it
a
great
sin
to
breake
one
bone
with
another
,
and
to
spill
mylke
on
the
ground
,
or
any
other
licour
that
men
may
drinck
,
and
the
most
sin
that
they
may
doe
,
is
to
pisse
in
their
houses
where
they
dwell
,
and
hée
that
pisseth
in
his
house
shall
bée
slaine
,
and
of
those
sins
they
shriue
them
to
their
Priests
,
and
for
their
penance
they
shall
giue
siluer
,
and
the
place
where
they
haue
pissed
shall
be
hallowed
,
or
else
may
no
man
come
there
.
And
when
they
haue
done
their
penance
they
shall
passe
through
a
fire
or
two
to
make
them
cleane
of
their
sins
.
When
they
haue
eaten
they
wipe
their
hands
vpon
their
skirtes
,
for
they
haue
no
Table
clothes
except
it
bée
right
great
Lords
,
and
when
they
haue
all
eaten
,
they
put
their
dishes
or
platters
not
washed
in
the
pot
or
caudron
with
the
flesh
that
is
left
when
they
haue
eaten
,
vntill
they
will
eate
another
time
,
and
rich
men
drinks
milke
of
Mares
,
Asses
,
or
other
beasts
,
and
other
beuerage
,
that
is
made
of
milke
and
water
together
,
for
they
haue
neither
béere
nor
wine
.
And
when
they
goe
to
war
they
war
full
wisely
,
and
each
man
of
them
beareth
two
or
thrée
bowes
,
and
many
arrowes
and
a
great
hatchet
,
gentlemen
haue
short
swordes
,
and
he
that
flyeth
in
battaile
they
slay
him
,
and
they
are
euer
in
purpose
to
bring
all
the
land
in
subiection
to
them
,
for
they
say
,
it
is
prophesied
,
that
they
shall
bée
ouercome
by
shot
of
archers
,
and
that
they
shal
turne
them
to
their
law
,
but
they
wot
not
what
men
they
shall
bée
,
and
it
is
great
perill
to
pursue
the
Tartarians
when
they
flye
,
for
they
will
shoote
béehind
and
slay
men
as
well
as
before
,
and
they
haue
small
eyes
as
little
byrds
,
and
they
are
commonly
false
,
for
they
hold
not
their
promise
.
And
when
a
man
shall
dye
among
them
,
they
stick
a
speare
in
the
earth
beside
him
,
and
when
hée
draweth
to
the
death
,
they
goe
out
of
the
house
till
hée
bée
dead
,
then
they
put
him
in
the
earth
in
the
field
.
How
the
Emperour
is
brought
vnto
his
graue
when
he
is
dead
.
Chap.
lxxvij
.
ANd
when
the
Emperour
is
dead
,
they
set
him
into
a
cart
in
the
middest
of
the
tent
,
and
then
set
before
him
a
Table
couered
with
a
Cloth
,
and
therevpon
they
set
flesh
and
other
meate
,
and
a
cup
full
of
milke
of
a
Mare
,
and
they
set
a
Mare
with
a
colt
by
him
,
and
a
horse
sadled
and
brideled
,
and
they
lay
vpon
the
horse
gold
and
siluer
,
and
all
about
him
they
make
a
great
graue
,
&
with
all
the
things
they
put
him
therein
,
as
the
tent
,
horse
,
gold
and
siluer
,
and
all
that
is
about
him
,
&
they
say
,
when
hée
commeth
into
another
world
hée
shall
not
bée
without
an
house
,
nor
horse
,
ne
siluer
,
nor
gold
,
and
the
Mare
shall
giue
him
milke
,
and
bring
forth
more
horses
till
hée
bée
well
stored
in
an
other
world
,
and
one
of
his
chamberlaines
or
seruants
is
put
with
him
in
the
earth
for
to
doe
him
seruice
in
the
other
world
,
for
they
beléeue
that
when
hée
is
dead
hée
shall
goe
to
another
world
,
and
bée
a
greater
Lord
there
then
here
,
and
when
hee
is
laid
in
the
earth
,
no
man
shall
bée
so
hardy
for
to
speake
of
him
beefore
his
friends
.
When
the
Emperour
is
dead
,
how
they
chuse
and
make
another
.
Chap.
lxxviij
.
ANd
then
when
the
Emperour
is
dead
the
seauen
Linages
gather
them
together
,
and
they
touch
his
son
,
or
the
next
of
his
blood
,
and
they
say
thus
,
wée
will
,
and
wée
ordaine
,
and
wée
pray
thée
that
thou
wilt
bée
our
Lord
and
Emperour
,
and
hée
enquireth
of
them
and
saith
,
if
yée
will
that
I
raigne
ouer
you
,
then
must
yée
doe
all
that
I
bid
you
doe
.
And
if
hée
bid
that
any
shall
bée
slaine
,
hée
shall
bée
slaine
,
and
they
answere
all
with
one
voyce
,
all
that
yée
bid
shall
bée
done
.
Then
said
the
Emperour
,
from
hence
foorth
my
word
shall
cut
as
my
sworde
,
and
then
they
set
him
in
a
chaire
and
crowne
him
,
and
then
all
the
good
townes
thereabout
send
to
him
presents
so
much
that
hée
shall
haue
more
then
C.
Cammels
loden
with
gold
and
siluer
béeside
other
iewels
that
he
shal
haue
or
Lords
,
as
precious
stones
and
gold
without
number
and
horse
,
and
rich
clothes
of
Camacas
and
Tarius
,
and
such
other
.
What
Countries
and
Kingdomes
lye
next
to
the
land
of
Cathay
,
and
the
fronts
thereof
.
Chap.
lxxix
.
THis
land
of
Cathay
is
in
Asia
the
déepe
,
and
this
same
Land
reacheth
toward
the
West
vpon
the
Kingdome
of
Sercy
,
the
which
pertained
sometime
to
one
of
the
thrée
kings
that
went
to
séeke
our
Lord
in
Bethlem
,
&
all
those
that
come
of
his
kin
are
christian
men
.
These
men
of
Tartary
drincke
no
wine
.
In
the
land
of
Corosaym
,
that
is
at
the
North
side
of
Cathay
is
right
great
plentie
of
goods
,
but
no
wine
,
the
which
hath
at
the
East
side
a
great
wildernesse
that
lasteth
more
then
an
hundred
dayes
iourney
,
and
the
best
cittie
of
that
land
is
called
Corosaym
,
and
alter
the
name
of
that
cittie
is
the
land
called
,
and
men
of
this
land
are
good
warriours
and
hardy
,
and
thereby
is
the
kingdome
of
Comayne
,
this
is
the
most
and
the
greatest
kingdome
of
the
World
,
but
it
is
not
all
inhabited
:
for
in
one
place
of
the
Land
is
so
great
cold
,
that
no
man
may
dwell
there
for
cold
,
and
in
another
place
is
so
great
heat
,
that
no
man
may
dwell
there
,
and
there
are
so
many
faithes
that
a
man
cannot
tell
on
what
side
hée
may
turne
him
,
and
in
this
land
are
few
trées
bearing
fruit
.
In
this
land
men
lye
in
tentes
,
and
they
burne
doung
of
Beastes
for
lacke
of
wood
.
This
Land
descendeth
toward
Pruse
&
Russy
,
and
through
this
land
runneth
the
Riuer
Echel
,
that
is
one
of
the
greatest
riuers
of
the
world
,
and
it
is
frozen
so
hard
euery
yéere
that
men
fight
thereupon
in
great
battailes
on
horse
and
footmen
more
then
C.M.
at
once
.
And
a
little
from
the
Riuer
is
the
great
of
Occian
,
that
they
call
Maure
,
and
betwéene
this
Maure
and
Aspy
is
a
full
strayght
passage
to
go
toward
Inde
,
and
therefore
king
Alexander
did
make
there
a
cittie
that
men
call
Alexander
,
for
to
kéepe
that
passage
,
so
that
no
man
may
passe
vnlesse
hée
haue
leaue
,
and
now
is
that
cittie
called
Port
de
Fear
,
and
the
principall
citty
of
Comaine
is
called
Sarachis
,
that
is
one
of
the
thrée
wayes
to
goe
to
Inde
,
but
through
this
way
may
not
many
men
go
but
if
it
be
in
winter
,
and
this
passage
is
called
Berbent
.
And
another
way
is
to
goe
from
the
land
of
Turkescon
through
Persia
,
in
this
way
are
many
dayes
iourneys
in
wildernesse
.
And
the
third
way
is
that
commeth
from
Cosmane
and
goeth
through
the
great
cittie
&
through
the
kingdome
of
Abachare
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
all
these
kingdomes
and
Lords
vnto
Persia
are
holden
of
the
great
Caane
,
and
many
other
,
and
therefore
hée
is
a
great
Lord
of
men
and
of
land
.
Of
other
wayes
comming
from
Cathay
toward
the
Greeke
Sea
,
and
also
of
the
Emperour
of
Persia
.
Chap.
lxxx
.
NOW
that
I
haue
shewed
you
the
lands
towards
the
North
,
to
come
from
the
lands
of
Cathay
to
the
lands
of
Pruse
&
Russy
,
where
Christian
men
dwell
.
Now
shall
I
shew
vnto
you
of
other
lands
and
kingdomes
,
in
comming
downe
from
Cathay
to
the
Gréekes
Sea
,
where
Christian
men
dwell
,
and
forasmuch
as
next
the
great
Caane
of
Cathay
,
the
Emperour
of
Persia
is
the
greatest
Lord
,
therefore
I
shall
speake
of
him
,
and
ye
shall
vnderstand
that
hée
hath
two
kingdomes
,
the
one
beginneth
Eastward
,
and
it
is
the
kingdome
of
Turkescon
,
and
it
lasteth
Westward
to
the
sea
of
Caspy
,
and
Southward
to
the
land
of
Inde
.
This
land
is
great
and
plaine
and
well
manned
with
good
citties
,
but
two
most
principall
,
the
which
are
called
Bacirida
,
and
Sormagaunt
.
The
other
is
the
kingdome
of
Persia
,
and
lasteth
from
the
Riuer
of
Phison
vnto
great
Armony
,
and
Northward
vnto
the
sea
of
Caspy
,
and
Southward
to
the
land
of
Inde
,
and
this
is
a
full
plenteous
country
and
a
good
:
In
this
land
are
thrée
principall
citties
,
Nassabor
,
Saphen
,
and
Sermesse
.
Of
the
land
of
Armony
which
is
a
good
land
,
and
of
the
land
of
Myddy
.
Chap.
lxxxj
.
THen
is
the
land
of
Armony
,
in
the
which
was
sometime
thrée
kingdomes
,
that
is
a
good
land
and
plenteous
,
and
it
beginneth
at
Persia
,
and
lasteth
westward
to
Turky
of
lenght
,
and
in
breadth
lasteth
from
the
Cittie
of
Alexander
(
that
now
is
called
Port
de
Fear
)
vnto
the
land
of
Middy
.
In
this
Armony
are
many
faire
citties
,
but
Canrissy
is
most
of
name
.
Then
is
the
land
of
Middy
,
and
it
is
full
long
and
not
broad
,
and
béeginneth
Eastward
at
the
land
of
Persia
and
Inde
the
lesse
,
and
lasteth
Westward
to
the
kingdome
of
Chalde
,
and
Northward
to
little
Armony
,
in
this
Myddy
are
many
great
Hills
and
little
Plaines
,
and
there
dwell
Sarasins
and
other
manner
of
men
,
that
men
call
Cordines
and
Kermen
.
Of
the
kingdome
of
George
and
Abcan
,
and
many
meruailes
.
Chap.
lxxxij
.
THen
next
is
the
kingdome
of
George
that
beginneth
Eastward
at
a
great
hill
that
men
call
Abior
,
this
land
lasteth
from
Turky
to
the
great
Sea
,
and
to
the
land
of
Middy
,
and
great
Armony
,
and
in
this
Land
are
two
Kingdomes
,
one
to
Abcan
,
and
an
other
of
George
,
but
hée
of
George
is
in
subiection
of
the
great
Caane
,
but
hée
of
Abcan
hath
a
strong
Countrie
,
and
defendeth
him
well
against
his
enimies
,
and
of
this
land
in
Abcan
is
a
great
maruaile
,
for
there
is
a
country
in
this
land
that
is
néere
thrée
dayes
iourney
in
length
,
and
is
called
Hamfon
,
and
that
country
is
all
couered
with
darknesse
,
so
that
it
hath
no
light
,
that
no
man
may
sée
there
,
and
no
man
dare
goe
into
that
countrie
for
darknesse
.
And
neuerthelesse
men
of
that
country
thereby
say
that
they
may
sometime
heare
therein
the
voyce
of
men
&
horse
crying
,
and
cocks
crow
,
and
they
know
well
that
men
dwell
there
,
but
they
know
not
what
manner
of
men
,
&
they
say
this
darknesse
came
through
the
miracle
of
God
,
that
hée
did
for
Christian
men
there
.
For
there
was
a
wicked
Emperour
that
was
of
Poy
,
and
was
called
Saures
,
and
hée
pursued
sometime
all
christian
men
to
destroy
them
,
and
did
make
them
do
sacrifice
to
their
false
gods
,
&
in
that
country
dwelled
many
christian
men
the
which
left
all
their
goods
and
cattell
,
&
riches
,
and
would
goe
to
Gréece
,
and
when
they
were
all
in
a
great
plaine
that
is
called
Mecon
,
the
Emperour
and
his
men
came
to
slay
the
christian
men
,
and
then
the
christian
men
knéeled
downe
and
prayed
to
God
,
and
anon
came
a
thicke
cloud
and
couered
the
Emperour
and
all
his
hoasts
,
so
that
he
might
not
goe
away
,
and
so
dwelled
they
in
darknesse
,
and
they
neuer
came
out
after
:
and
the
christian
men
went
forward
as
they
would
,
and
therefore
they
say
thus
.
A
domino
factum
est
istud
,
&
est
mirabile
in
oculis
nostris
,
That
is
to
say
,
of
our
Lord
is
this
done
,
and
it
is
meruailous
in
our
eyes
.
Out
of
this
land
commeth
a
riuer
whereby
men
may
sée
by
good
tokens
that
men
dwell
therein
.
Of
the
land
of
Turkey
,
and
diuers
other
countries
,
and
of
the
Land
of
Mesopotamia
.
Chap.
lxxxiij
.
THen
next
is
the
land
of
Turkey
,
that
reacheth
to
great
Armony
,
and
therein
are
many
countries
,
as
Caperdoce
,
Saure
,
Bryke
,
Ouecion
,
Patan
and
Geneth
,
in
each
one
of
these
countries
are
many
good
citties
,
and
it
is
a
plaine
land
with
few
hils
and
Riuers
,
and
then
is
the
kingdome
of
Mesopotamia
,
that
béeginneth
Westward
at
the
flome
of
Tygre
at
a
Cittie
that
men
call
Mosell
,
and
it
lasteth
Westward
to
the
flome
of
Euphrate
,
to
a
Cittie
that
men
call
Rochaim
,
and
Westward
from
high
Armony
,
vnto
the
wildernesse
of
Inde
the
lesse
,
and
it
is
a
good
land
and
plaine
,
but
there
is
few
riuers
,
and
there
is
but
two
hils
in
that
land
,
the
one
is
called
Simar
,
and
the
other
Hison
,
and
it
reacheth
vnto
the
land
of
Calde
,
and
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
the
land
of
Ethiope
reacheth
Eastward
to
the
great
wildernesse
,
Westward
to
the
land
of
Nuby
,
Southward
to
the
land
of
Maratan
,
and
Northward
to
the
red
Sea
,
and
then
is
the
Maritan
that
lasteth
from
the
hils
of
Ethiope
vnto
Liby
the
high
,
and
the
low
,
that
lasteth
to
the
great
sea
of
Spaine
.
Of
diuers
countries
,
kingdomes
,
and
Iles
,
and
meruailes
beyond
the
land
of
Cathay
.
Chap.
lxxxiij
.
NOw
haue
I
said
and
spoken
of
many
things
on
this
side
of
the
great
kingdome
of
Cathay
,
of
whom
many
are
obeisant
to
the
great
Caane
.
Now
shall
I
tell
of
some
lands
,
countries
and
Iles
that
are
beyond
the
land
of
Cathay
.
Who
so
goeth
from
Cathay
to
Inde
the
high
and
the
low
,
hée
shall
goe
through
a
kingdome
that
men
call
Cadissen
,
and
it
is
a
great
land
,
there
groweth
a
manner
of
fruit
as
it
were
gourdes
,
and
when
it
is
ripe
,
men
cut
it
a
sunder
,
and
they
finde
therein
a
beast
as
it
were
of
flesh
,
and
bone
,
&
blood
,
as
it
were
a
little
lambe
without
wooll
,
and
men
eate
the
beast
and
fruit
also
,
and
sure
it
séemeth
very
strange
.
Neuerthelesse
I
sayd
to
them
that
I
held
that
for
no
meruaile
,
for
I
said
that
in
my
country
are
trées
that
beare
fruit
that
become
birds
flying
&
they
are
good
to
eat
,
and
that
that
falleth
on
the
water
liueth
,
and
that
that
falleth
on
the
earth
dyeth
,
and
they
meruailed
much
thereat
.
In
this
land
and
many
other
therabout
,
are
trées
that
beare
cloues
,
and
nutmegs
,
and
chanell
,
and
many
other
spices
,
and
there
be
vines
that
beare
so
great
grapes
that
a
strong
man
shall
haue
enough
to
beare
a
cluster
of
grapes
.
In
that
same
land
are
the
hils
of
Caspy
that
men
call
Vber
,
and
enclosed
within
those
hils
are
the
Iewes
of
the
x.
kindes
that
men
call
Gog
and
Magog
,
and
they
may
come
out
on
no
side
.
Ther
were
enclosed
xxij
.
kings
,
with
their
folke
that
dwelled
depiction of a heavily-laden grape-vine and a tall field of corn behind a fence
betwéene
the
hils
of
Syche
:
and
king
Alexander
chased
them
thether
among
those
hils
,
for
hée
trusting
to
haue
enclosed
them
there
through
the
working
of
men
,
but
hée
might
not
,
and
when
hée
saw
hée
might
not
,
hée
prayed
to
God
that
hée
would
fulfill
that
which
hée
had
béegun
,
God
heard
his
prayer
and
enclosed
the
hils
all
about
them
but
at
the
one
side
,
and
ther
is
the
sea
of
Caspy
.
Here
some
men
might
aske
,
if
there
be
a
sea
on
one
side
,
why
goe
they
not
out
there
,
for
thereto
aunswere
I
that
although
it
be
called
a
sea
,
it
is
not
a
sea
,
but
a
poole
standing
among
hils
,
and
it
is
the
greatest
Poole
of
all
the
world
,
and
though
they
go
ouer
that
poole
,
yet
they
wot
not
where
to
ariue
,
for
they
can
no
speach
but
their
owne
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
these
Iewes
which
dwel
among
the
hils
haue
no
law
among
them
,
and
yet
they
pay
tribute
for
their
land
to
the
Quéene
of
Armony
:
and
sometime
it
is
so
that
some
of
these
Iewes
goe
ouer
the
hils
,
but
many
may
not
passe
there
together
for
the
hils
are
so
great
and
high
.
Neuerthelesse
,
men
say
in
that
country
thereby
that
in
the
time
of
Antichrist
they
shall
doe
much
harme
to
christian
men
,
and
therefore
all
the
Iewes
that
dwell
in
diuers
parts
of
the
world
learne
for
to
speake
Ebrew
,
for
they
hope
that
these
Iewes
that
dwell
among
the
hils
aforesaid
shal
come
out
of
the
hils
and
speake
all
Ebrew
and
nought
else
,
and
then
shall
these
Iewes
speake
Ebrew
to
them
and
lead
them
into
Christendome
for
to
destroy
Christian
men
.
For
these
Iewes
say
they
know
by
their
Prophesies
that
those
Iewes
that
are
among
those
hilles
of
Caspy
shall
come
out
,
and
christian
men
shall
bée
in
their
subiection
as
they
be
vnder
Christian
men
now
.
And
if
yée
will
know
how
they
shall
finde
the
passage
out
,
as
I
haue
vnderstood
I
shall
tell
you
.
In
the
time
of
Antichrist
a
Foxe
shall
make
his
denne
in
the
same
place
where
King
Alexander
did
make
the
Gates
,
and
hée
shall
dig
in
the
earth
so
long
till
hée
pierce
it
through
and
come
among
the
Iewes
,
and
when
they
sée
the
Foxe
,
they
shall
haue
great
meruaile
of
him
,
for
they
neuer
saw
such
a
beast
,
but
other
Beastes
haue
they
among
them
many
,
and
they
shall
chase
this
foxe
and
pursue
him
vntill
that
hée
bée
fled
againe
into
his
hole
that
he
came
from
,
and
then
shall
they
dig
after
him
vntill
they
come
to
the
gates
that
Alexander
did
make
of
great
stones
well
dight
with
morter
,
then
shall
they
breake
these
gates
and
they
shall
finde
the
way
forth
.
Of
the
land
of
Bactrie
and
of
many
Griffons
and
other
beasts
.
Chap.
lxxxv
.
FRom
this
land
men
shall
go
vnto
the
land
of
Bactrie
,
where
are
many
wicked
men
and
fell
,
in
that
land
are
trées
that
beare
woll
,
as
it
were
shéepe
,
of
which
they
make
cloth
.
In
this
land
are
Ypotains
that
dwell
sometime
on
land
,
sometime
on
water
,
and
are
halfe
a
man
and
halfe
a
horse
,
and
they
féede
on
men
when
they
may
get
them
.
In
this
land
are
many
Griffons
more
then
in
other
places
,
and
some
say
they
haue
the
body
before
as
an
Eagle
,
and
behinde
as
a
Lyon
,
and
it
is
truth
,
for
they
be
made
so
,
but
the
Griffon
hath
a
body
greater
then
eight
Lyons
and
stronger
then
an
hundred
Eagles
,
for
certainly
hée
will
beare
to
his
nest
flying
a
horse
and
a
man
vpon
his
back
,
or
two
Oxen
yoked
together
as
they
goe
at
plough
,
for
he
hath
long
nailes
on
his
féet
as
great
as
it
were
horns
of
Oxen
,
and
of
those
they
make
cups
there
to
drinck
with
,
and
of
his
ribs
they
make
bowes
to
shoot
with
.
Of
the
way
for
to
goe
to
Prester
Iohns
land
which
is
Emperour
of
Inde
.
Chap.
lxxxvj
.
FRom
this
land
of
Bactrie
men
goe
many
dayes
iourney
,
to
the
Land
of
Prester
Iohn
,
that
is
a
great
Emperour
of
Inde
,
and
men
call
his
land
the
yle
of
Pantrore
.
This
Emperour
Prester
Iohn
holdeth
a
great
land
,
and
many
good
cities
and
good
townes
.
In
his
kingdome
are
many
great
Iles
and
large
,
for
this
land
of
Inde
is
parted
into
Iles
because
of
great
flouds
that
come
out
of
Paradise
:
and
also
in
the
sea
are
many
great
Iles.
The
best
cittie
that
is
in
the
Ile
of
Pantrore
is
called
Nile
that
is
a
noble
cittie
and
a
rich
.
Prester
Iohn
hath
vnder
him
many
kings
and
diuers
people
,
and
his
land
is
good
and
rich
,
but
not
so
rich
as
the
land
of
the
great
Caane
,
for
merchants
come
not
so
much
thether
as
they
doe
into
the
land
of
the
great
Caane
,
for
it
is
too
long
a
iourney
.
And
also
they
finde
in
the
Ile
of
Cathay
all
things
that
they
haue
néede
of
,
as
spicery
,
clothes
of
gold
and
other
riches
,
and
although
they
might
haue
better
cheape
in
the
land
of
Prester
Iohn
,
then
in
the
land
of
Cathay
,
and
more
fine
,
neuerthelesse
they
wil
not
go
thether
by
reason
of
the
length
of
the
iourney
,
and
great
perils
on
the
sea
,
for
there
are
many
places
in
the
sea
where
are
many
rocks
of
a
stone
that
is
called
Adamand
,
the
which
of
his
owne
kinde
draweth
to
him
all
manner
of
iron
,
and
therefore
there
may
no
ships
that
haue
iron
nayles
passe
,
but
it
draweth
them
to
it
,
and
therefore
they
dare
not
go
into
that
country
with
ships
for
dread
of
the
Adamand
,
I
went
once
into
that
sea
&
saw
as
it
had
béene
a
great
I
le
of
trées
,
stocks
&
branches
growing
,
and
the
shipmen
told
me
that
those
were
great
ships
that
abode
there
through
the
vertue
of
the
Adamands
,
and
of
things
that
were
in
the
ships
,
whereof
those
trées
sprong
and
waxed
,
and
such
rocks
are
there
many
in
diuers
places
of
that
sea
,
and
therefore
dare
there
no
shipmen
passe
that
way
.
And
another
thing
also
is
,
that
they
dread
the
long
way
,
and
therefore
they
go
most
to
Cathay
,
and
that
is
néere
vnto
them
.
And
yet
it
is
not
so
néere
,
but
that
from
Venice
or
Gene
by
Sea
to
Cathay
is
xi
.
or
xij
.
moneths
iourney
.
The
land
of
Prester
Iohn
is
long
,
and
Merchants
passe
thether
through
the
land
of
Persia
,
and
come
vnto
a
Cittie
that
men
call
Hermes
,
for
a
Philosopher
that
was
called
Hermes
founded
it
,
and
then
passe
an
arme
of
the
Sea
,
&
come
to
another
Cittie
that
men
call
Saboth
,
and
there
finde
they
all
marchandises
,
and
popiniayes
as
great
plenty
as
larks
in
our
country
.
In
this
Country
is
little
wheate
or
barly
,
and
therefore
they
eat
rice
,
milke
,
and
chéese
,
and
other
fruits
.
This
Emperour
Prester
Iohn
weddeth
commonly
the
daughter
of
the
great
Caane
,
and
the
great
Caane
his
Daughter
.
In
the
land
of
Prester
Iohn
is
many
diuers
things
and
many
precious
stones
so
great
and
so
large
that
they
make
of
them
vessels
,
platters
and
cups
,
and
many
other
things
of
which
it
were
too
long
to
tell
,
but
somwhat
of
his
law
and
of
his
faith
I
shall
tell
you
.
Of
the
faith
and
beleefe
of
Prester
Iohn
,
but
he
hath
not
all
the
full
beliefe
as
wee
haue
.
Chap.
lxxxvij
.
THis
Emperour
Prester
Iohn
is
christened
and
a
great
part
of
his
land
also
,
but
they
haue
not
all
the
articles
of
our
Faith
,
but
they
beléeue
well
in
the
Father
,
the
sonne
,
and
the
holy
Ghost
,
and
they
are
full
deuoute
and
true
one
to
another
,
and
they
make
no
force
of
cattell
.
And
hée
hath
vnder
him
lxxii
.
Prouinces
and
countries
,
and
in
each
one
is
a
king
,
and
those
kings
haue
other
kings
vnder
them
.
And
in
this
land
are
many
meruailes
,
for
in
this
land
in
the
gauely
sea
that
is
of
sand
and
grauaile
and
no
drop
of
water
,
and
it
ebbeth
and
floweth
with
right
great
waues
as
an
other
sea
doth
,
and
it
is
neuer
standing
still
,
and
neuer
in
rest
,
and
no
man
may
passe
that
land
beyond
it
.
And
although
there
bée
no
water
in
the
sea
,
yet
men
may
finde
therein
right
good
fish
,
and
of
other
fashion
and
shape
then
are
in
any
other
seas
,
and
also
they
are
of
a
full
good
sauor
and
swéete
and
good
to
eat
.
And
thrée
dayes
iourney
from
that
sea
are
many
great
hils
,
through
which
runneth
a
great
floud
that
commeth
from
Paradise
,
and
it
is
full
of
precious
stones
and
no
drop
of
water
,
and
it
runneth
with
great
waues
into
the
grauely
Sea
.
And
this
floud
runneth
thrée
dayes
in
the
wéeke
so
fast
,
and
stirreth
great
stones
of
the
rockes
with
him
that
make
much
noyse
,
&
as
soone
as
they
come
into
the
grauely
sea
,
they
are
no
more
séene
,
and
in
those
thrée
dayes
when
it
runneth
thus
no
man
dare
come
in
it
,
but
the
other
dayes
men
goe
therein
when
they
will
.
And
so
béeyond
that
floud
toward
that
wildernesse
is
a
great
plaine
among
hils
all
sandy
and
grauely
,
and
in
that
plaine
grow
trées
that
at
the
rising
of
the
Sun
each
day
begin
to
grow
,
and
so
grow
they
till
mid-day
,
and
beare
fruit
,
but
no
man
dare
eate
of
that
fruit
,
for
it
is
a
manner
of
yron
,
and
after
midday
it
turneth
againe
to
the
earth
,
so
that
when
the
Sun
goeth
downe
it
is
nothing
séene
,
and
so
doth
it
euery
day
:
and
there
is
in
that
wildernesse
many
wilde
men
with
hornes
on
their
heads
right
hedious
,
and
they
speake
not
but
rout
as
swine
,
and
in
that
country
are
many
popiniayes
,
that
they
call
in
their
language
Pistak
,
and
they
speake
through
their
owne
kinde
partly
as
a
man
,
and
those
that
speake
well
haue
long
tongues
and
large
,
and
on
euery
foote
fiue
toes
,
but
there
are
some
that
haue
but
thrée
toes
,
but
those
speake
naught
or
very
ill
.
Of
another
Iland
where
also
dwelleth
good
people
therein
,
and
is
called
Sinople
.
Chap.
lxxxviij
.
THen
is
there
an
other
I
le
that
is
called
Synople
,
wherein
also
are
good
people
and
true
,
and
full
of
good
faith
,
and
they
are
much
like
in
their
liuing
to
the
man
beefore
said
,
and
they
go
all
naked
.
Into
that
Iland
came
king
Alexander
and
when
hée
saw
their
good
faith
and
trouth
and
their
good
beléefe
hée
said
that
hée
would
doe
them
no
harme
,
and
bad
them
aske
of
him
riches
or
ought
else
,
and
they
stould
haue
it
.
And
they
answered
that
they
had
riches
enough
,
when
they
had
meat
and
drinck
to
sustaine
their
bodies
,
and
they
said
also
that
riches
of
this
world
is
nought
worth
,
but
if
it
were
so
that
hée
might
graunt
them
that
they
should
neuer
dye
that
would
they
pray
him
.
And
Alexander
sayd
that
might
hée
not
do
,
for
hée
was
mortall
and
should
die
as
they
should
.
Then
said
they
,
why
art
thou
so
proud
and
wouldest
win
all
the
world
,
and
haue
it
in
thy
subiection
as
it
were
a
God
and
hast
no
terme
of
thy
life
,
and
thou
wilt
haue
all
riches
of
the
world
,
the
which
shall
forsake
thée
or
thou
forsake
it
,
and
thou
shalt
beare
nothing
with
thée
,
but
it
shall
remaine
to
other
,
but
as
thou
were
borne
naked
,
so
shalt
thou
be
done
in
earth
.
And
Alexander
was
greatly
astonied
at
this
speach
,
and
though
it
be
so
that
they
haue
not
the
Articles
of
our
faith
,
neuerthelesse
I
beléeue
that
God
liketh
their
seruice
as
hée
did
of
Iob
that
was
a
Panim
,
the
which
he
held
for
his
true
seruant
and
many
other
.
I
beléeue
well
that
God
loueth
all
those
that
loue
him
and
serue
him
méekely
and
truely
,
and
that
despise
the
vaine
glory
of
the
wolrd
as
these
men
doe
,
and
as
Iob
did
,
and
therefore
sayd
our
Lord
through
the
mouth
of
the
holy
Prophet
Esay
,
Ponam
eis
multiplices
leges
meas
,
that
is
to
say
,
I
shall
put
lawes
to
them
in
many
manners
,
and
the
gospell
saith
thus
.
Alias
oues
habeo
quae
non
sunt
ex
hoc
ouili
,
that
is
,
I
haue
other
shéepe
that
are
not
of
this
fold
:
and
thereto
accordeth
the
vision
that
S.
Peter
saw
at
Ioppa
,
how
the
Angell
came
from
heauen
&
brought
with
him
of
all
manner
of
beasts
,
as
serpents
and
diuers
foules
,
saying
to
Saint
Peter
.
Take
and
eate
,
and
Saint
Peter
answered
,
I
neuer
eat
of
any
vncleane
beast
.
And
the
Angell
said
to
him
,
Non
dicas
immunda
quae
Deus
mundauit
.
That
is
to
say
,
Call
thou
not
those
things
vncleane
that
God
hath
clensed
.
This
was
done
in
token
that
men
should
not
haue
any
man
in
disdaine
for
their
diuers
lawes
,
for
wée
wot
not
whom
God
loueth
,
and
whom
God
hateth
.
Of
two
other
Iles
,
the
one
is
called
Pitan
,
wherein
be
little
men
that
can
eate
no
meat
,
and
in
the
other
Iles
are
the
men
all
rough
of
feathers
.
Chap.
lxxxix
.
THere
is
another
I
le
that
men
call
Pitan
,
the
men
of
this
land
till
no
ground
,
for
they
eat
nothing
,
and
they
are
small
,
but
not
so
small
as
Pigmens
.
These
men
liue
with
smell
of
wilde
apples
,
and
when
they
goe
far
out
of
the
country
they
beare
Apples
with
them
,
for
anone
as
they
loose
that
sauour
of
apples
they
dye
,
they
are
not
reasonable
,
but
as
wild
beasts
.
And
there
is
another
I
le
where
the
people
are
all
feathers
,
but
their
face
and
the
palmes
of
their
hands
,
these
men
goe
as
well
about
the
sea
as
on
the
land
,
and
they
eate
flesh
and
fish
all
raw
,
in
this
Ile
is
a
Riuer
that
is
two
mile
and
an
halfe
broad
that
men
call
Renemar
.
Of
a
rich
man
in
Prester
Iohns
land
,
named
Catolonapes
,
and
of
his
garden
.
Chap.
xc
.
IN
an
Ile
of
Prester
Iohns
land
,
that
men
call
Miscorach
,
there
was
a
man
that
was
called
Catolonapes
,
hée
was
rich
and
had
a
faire
castell
on
a
hill
and
strong
,
&
hée
made
a
wall
about
the
hill
right
strong
and
faire
,
within
hée
had
a
faire
garden
wherin
were
many
trées
bearing
all
manner
of
fruits
that
hée
might
finde
,
and
hée
had
planted
therein
all
manner
of
hearbs
of
good
smell
and
that
beare
flowers
,
and
there
were
many
faire
wels
&
by
them
was
made
many
hals
and
chambers
well
dight
with
gold
and
azure
,
and
hée
had
made
there
diuers
stories
of
beasts
and
birds
that
sung
,
and
turned
by
engin
or
orbage
as
they
had
béene
quick
,
and
he
had
in
his
garden
all
things
that
might
bée
to
mans
solace
and
comfort
,
hée
had
also
in
that
garden
maydens
within
the
age
of
xv
.
yéere
the
fairest
that
hée
might
finde
,
and
men
children
of
the
same
age
,
and
they
were
clothed
with
clothes
of
gold
,
&
hée
sayd
that
they
were
Angels
,
and
he
caused
to
bée
made
certaine
hils
,
and
enclosed
them
about
with
precious
stones
of
Iaspy
and
christal
and
set
in
gold
and
pearles
and
other
manner
of
stones
,
and
hée
made
a
conduite
vnder
the
earth
,
so
that
when
he
would
,
the
Wels
ran
sometime
with
milke
,
sometime
with
wine
,
sometime
honie
,
and
this
place
hée
called
Paradise
,
and
when
any
yong
bacheler
of
the
country
knight
or
squire
commeth
to
him
for
solace
or
disport
hée
leadeth
him
into
his
paradise
,
&
sheweth
them
these
things
,
as
the
songs
of
birds
,
and
his
damsels
,
and
wels
,
and
hée
did
strike
diuers
instruments
of
musick
in
a
high
tower
that
might
bée
heard
,
and
said
they
were
Angels
of
God
and
that
place
was
paradise
,
that
God
had
graunted
to
those
that
beléeued
,
when
hée
saith
thus
.
Dabo
vobis
terram
fluentem
lac
&
mel
,
That
is
to
say
,
I
shall
giue
you
land
flowing
milke
and
honie
.
And
then
this
rich
man
did
make
these
men
drinke
a
manner
of
drinke
of
which
they
were
dronken
,
and
hée
said
to
them
if
they
would
dye
for
his
sake
,
when
they
were
dead
they
should
come
to
his
Paradise
,
and
they
should
bée
of
the
age
of
those
maydens
,
and
should
dwell
alway
with
them
,
and
hée
would
put
them
in
a
fairer
Paradise
,
where
they
should
sée
God
in
his
ioy
and
in
his
maiestie
,
and
when
they
graunted
to
doe
that
hée
would
,
and
hée
bad
them
goe
and
slay
such
a
Lord
,
or
a
man
of
the
Countrie
that
hée
was
wroth
with
,
and
that
they
should
haue
no
dread
of
any
man
,
and
if
they
were
slaine
themselues
for
his
sake
,
hée
should
put
them
in
his
Paradise
when
they
were
dead
.
And
so
went
those
Batchelers
to
slay
great
Lords
of
the
country
,
and
were
slaine
themselues
in
hope
to
haue
that
Paradise
,
&
thus
hée
was
auenged
of
his
enimies
through
his
deceit
,
and
when
rich
men
of
the
country
perceiued
his
cautell
and
malice
and
the
will
of
this
Catolonapes
,
they
gathered
themselues
together
and
assailed
the
castle
and
slew
him
and
destroyed
all
his
goods
and
his
fayre
places
and
riches
that
were
in
his
Paradise
,
and
the
place
of
the
wals
are
there
yet
,
and
some
other
things
,
but
the
riches
are
not
,
and
it
is
not
long
agoe
since
it
was
destroyed
.
Of
a
perillous
valley
that
is
beside
the
Riuer
of
Pison
.
Chap.
xcj.
AND
a
little
from
that
place
on
the
left
side
,
beside
the
riuer
of
Pison
is
a
great
meruaile
.
There
is
a
valley
betwéene
two
hils
and
that
is
foure
myle
long
,
and
some
men
call
it
the
valley
enchaunted
,
some
the
valley
of
Diuels
,
some
the
valley
perillous
,
and
in
that
valley
are
many
tempests
,
and
a
great
noyse
very
hydeous
both
day
and
night
,
and
sound
as
it
were
a
noyce
of
Tabers
and
Trumpets
as
it
were
at
a
great
feast
.
This
valley
is
full
of
Diuels
and
hath
béene
alway
,
and
men
say
there
is
an
entrie
to
hell
.
In
this
valley
is
much
gold
and
siluer
,
wherfore
many
christian
men
and
other
goe
thether
for
couetise
of
that
gold
and
siluer
,
but
few
of
them
come
out
againe
,
for
they
are
anone
strangled
with
Diuels
,
and
in
the
middest
of
that
Valley
on
a
Rocke
is
a
Visage
,
and
the
head
of
a
flend
bodely
,
right
hidious
and
dreadfull
to
sée
,
and
there
is
nothing
séene
but
the
head
to
the
shoulders
,
but
there
is
no
Christian
men
nor
other
in
the
world
so
hardy
,
but
that
hée
would
bée
greatly
afraid
to
béehold
it
,
for
hée
beholdeth
each
man
so
sharply
and
felly
,
and
his
eyes
are
so
staring
,
and
sparkling
as
fire
,
and
hée
chaungeth
so
oft
his
countenance
that
no
man
dare
come
néere
for
all
the
world
,
and
out
of
his
nose
commeth
great
plentie
of
fire
of
diuers
colours
,
and
sometime
is
the
fire
so
stinking
,
that
no
man
may
suffer
it
,
but
alway
a
good
Christian
man
,
and
one
that
is
stedfast
in
the
faith
may
goe
therein
without
harme
if
they
call
to
God
onely
for
forgiuenesse
of
their
sinnes
,
then
shall
the
Diuels
haue
no
power
ouer
them
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
when
my
fellowes
and
I
were
in
that
valley
we
had
full
great
doubt
if
wée
should
put
our
bodies
in
a
venture
to
goe
through
it
,
and
some
of
my
fellowes
agréed
thereto
and
some
would
not
,
and
there
were
in
our
company
two
Fryers
minours
of
Lombardie
who
said
if
any
of
vs
would
goe
in
they
would
also
,
as
they
had
sayd
so
vpon
trust
of
them
wée
sayd
that
wée
would
goe
,
and
wée
dyd
make
our
prayers
to
God
for
our
safegard
,
and
so
wée
went
in
xiiij
.
men
,
and
when
wée
came
out
wée
were
but
x.
and
we
wist
not
whether
our
fellows
were
lost
there
,
or
that
they
tourned
againe
,
but
wée
saw
no
more
of
them
,
other
of
my
fellowes
that
would
not
goe
in
with
vs
,
went
about
another
way
for
to
bée
before
vs
and
so
they
were
,
and
wée
went
through
the
valey
and
saw
there
many
meruailous
things
,
gold
,
siluer
,
precious
stones
and
Iewels
great
plenty
as
wée
thought
,
whether
it
were
so
or
no
I
know
not
,
for
diuels
are
so
subtill
and
false
,
that
they
make
many
times
a
thing
to
séeme
that
it
is
not
,
for
to
deceiue
men
,
and
therfore
I
would
touch
nothing
for
dread
of
enimies
that
I
saw
there
in
many
liknesses
,
what
of
dead
bodies
that
I
saw
lye
in
the
valey
,
but
I
dare
not
say
that
they
were
all
bodies
,
but
they
were
bodily
shapes
through
making
of
diuels
,
and
wée
were
often
cast
downe
to
the
earth
by
wind
,
thunder
and
tempest
,
but
God
helped
alway
,
and
so
passed
wée
through
that
valey
without
perill
or
harme
thankes
bée
to
God
.
Of
an
Iland
wherein
dwell
people
as
great
as
Giants
,
of
xxviij
.
or
xxx
.
foote
of
lenght
,
and
other
things
.
Chap.
xcij.
ANd
beyond
that
valey
is
a
great
I
le
,
where
be
people
as
great
as
Gyants
of
xxviii
.
foot
long
and
they
haue
no
clothing
but
beastes
skinnes
that
hang
on
them
,
and
they
eate
no
bread
but
flesh
raw
,
and
they
drink
milke
,
and
they
haue
no
houses
,
and
they
eate
gladlier
flesh
of
men
then
other
,
and
men
say
to
vs
that
beyond
that
I
le
is
an
Ile
where
are
greater
Giants
,
as
xlv
.
or
l.
foote
long
,
and
some
sayde
l.
cubites
long
,
but
I
saw
not
them
,
and
among
those
Gyants
are
great
shéepe
,
as
it
were
young
Oxen
,
&
they
beare
great
woll
,
these
shéepe
haue
I
séene
many
times
.
An other
I
le
is
there
Northward
where
are
many
euill
&
fell
women
,
and
they
haue
precious
stones
in
their
eyes
,
and
they
haue
such
force
that
if
they
behold
any
man
with
wrath
,
they
slay
them
with
béeholding
as
the
Basalyke
doth
.
An other
I
le
is
there
of
fayrer
folke
and
good
,
where
the
custome
is
such
,
the
first
night
that
they
are
wedded
,
they
take
a
certaine
man
that
is
ordained
therefore
,
and
let
him
lye
by
their
wiues
to
haue
their
maidenhead
,
and
they
giue
him
great
reward
for
his
trauaile
,
and
those
men
are
called
Gadlybrien
,
for
men
of
that
country
hold
it
a
great
thing
to
make
a
woman
no
maiden
,
and
if
it
be
so
that
the
husband
finde
her
a
mayden
the
next
night
after
(
for
peraduenture
hée
that
lay
by
her
was
dronken
,
or
for
any
other
cause
)
the
husband
shall
complaine
of
him
to
the
Lawyers
that
hée
hath
not
done
his
deuour
,
and
he
shall
grieuously
bée
punished
and
chastised
,
but
after
the
first
night
they
keepe
their
wiues
well
,
that
they
speake
not
with
those
men
,
and
I
asked
what
was
the
cause
why
they
had
that
custome
,
and
they
sayd
,
heretofore
men
lay
with
their
wiues
first
and
no
other
,
and
their
wiues
had
serpents
in
their
bodies
,
&
stong
their
husbands
in
the
yard
or
on
their
bodyes
,
and
so
was
many
men
slaine
,
and
therefore
had
they
that
custome
to
let
other
men
haue
their
maidenhead
,
for
dread
of
death
,
and
thus
they
suffer
them
to
assay
the
passage
,
or
they
aduenture
.
Of
women
which
make
great
sorrow
as
their
children
are
borne
,
and
great
ioy
when
they
are
dead
.
Chap.
xciij
.
AN
other
I
le
there
is
where
women
make
great
sorrow
when
their
children
bée
borne
,
and
when
they
are
dead
they
make
great
ioy
and
cast
them
in
a
great
fire
and
burne
them
,
and
they
that
loue
well
their
husbands
when
then
are
dead
they
cast
them
in
a
fire
to
burne
them
,
for
they
say
that
fire
shal
make
them
cleane
of
all
filth
and
vices
,
&
they
shall
bée
cleane
in
an
other
world
,
and
the
cause
why
they
wéepe
when
their
children
are
borne
,
and
that
they
ioy
at
their
death
,
they
say
a
childe
when
hée
is
borne
commeth
into
this
world
to
haue
trauaile
,
sorrow
and
heauinesse
,
&
when
they
are
dead
they
goe
to
Paradise
where
Riuers
are
of
Milke
and
Hony
,
and
there
is
life
and
ioy
and
plenty
of
goods
without
trauaile
or
sorrow
.
In
this
Ile
they
elect
their
kings
by
voyces
,
&
they
chuse
him
not
for
his
riches
,
and
noblenesse
,
but
him
that
is
of
good
conditions
,
and
most
righteous
and
true
,
that
iudgeth
euery
man
truely
,
little
and
much
after
their
trespasse
,
and
the
king
may
iudge
no
man
to
death
,
without
counsell
of
his
Barons
and
that
they
all
assent
.
And
if
it
so
bée
that
their
King
doe
a
great
trespasse
,
as
stay
a
man
,
or
such
like
,
hée
shall
dye
also
,
but
hée
shall
not
be
slaine
,
but
they
shall
charge
and
forbid
that
no
man
bée
so
hardie
to
beare
him
company
,
nor
to
speake
to
him
,
ne
giue
him
meate
nor
drink
,
&
thus
hée
shall
die
,
for
they
spare
no
man
that
hath
done
a
trespasse
,
for
loue
,
lordship
,
riches
nor
noblenesse
,
but
they
doe
him
right
after
that
hée
hath
deserued
.
Of
an
Iland
where
men
wed
their
owne
daughters
and
kinswomen
.
Chap.
xciiij
.
THere
is
an
other
I
le
where
is
great
plentie
of
people
,
and
they
neuer
eate
flesh
of
Hares
nor
of
Hens
,
nor
Géese
,
yet
is
there
many
of
them
,
but
they
eate
of
all
other
beasts
,
and
they
drink
milk
in
this
country
they
wed
their
owne
daughters
and
other
of
their
kin
,
as
them
liketh
,
and
if
there
bée
ten
or
eleuen
men
in
one
house
,
each
one
of
their
wiues
shall
bée
common
to
other
,
and
at
night
one
haue
one
of
the
wiues
,
and
an
other
night
an
other
,
and
if
shée
haue
any
child
shée
may
giue
it
to
whom
she
will
so
that
no
man
know
it
to
bée
his
.
In
this
land
and
many
other
places
of
Inde
are
many
Crocodrilles
,
that
is
a
manner
of
long
Serpent
,
and
on
nights
they
dwell
on
water
,
and
on
dayes
they
dwell
on
land
and
rocks
,
and
they
eate
not
in
winter
.
These
serpents
slay
men
and
eat
them
wéeping
,
and
they
haue
no
tongue
.
In
this
country
and
many
other
,
men
cast
séede
of
cotten
,
and
sow
in
each
yéere
,
and
it
groweth
as
it
were
small
trées
,
and
they
beare
cotten
.
In
Araby
is
a
kinde
of
beast
that
some
men
call
Garsants
,
that
is
a
fayre
beast
,
and
he
is
higher
then
a
great
courser
or
stéed
but
his
neck
is
néere
xx
.
cubites
long
,
and
his
taile
like
a
Hart
,
and
hée
may
looke
ouer
a
high
house
,
depiction of a camel
and
there
are
many
Camelions
that
is
a
little
beast
,
and
hée
neuer
eateth
or
drinketh
,
and
hée
chaungeth
his
colour
often
,
for
sometime
hée
is
of
one
colour
and
sometime
of
another
,
and
hée
may
change
him
into
all
colours
that
hée
will
,
saue
black
and
red
.
There
are
many
wilde
swine
of
many
colours
,
and
as
great
as
Oxen
,
&
they
are
spotted
as
it
were
small
fawnes
,
and
there
are
Lyons
all
white
,
and
there
be
other
Beastes
,
as
great
as
stéedes
that
men
call
Lanhorans
,
and
some
men
call
them
Tonts
,
and
their
head
is
black
,
and
thrée
long
hornes
in
his
front
,
as
cutting
as
sharpe
swords
,
and
hée
chaseth
and
will
slay
Eliphants
.
And
there
is
many
other
manner
of
Beastes
,
of
whom
it
were
too
long
to
write
all
.
Of
an
Iland
wherein
dwell
full
good
people
and
true
.
Chap.
xcv
.
THere
is
another
Iland
good
and
great
,
and
plentious
,
where
are
good
men
and
true
and
of
godly
life
after
their
faith
,
and
though
they
hée
not
christians
,
neuertheles
of
kind
they
are
full
of
good
vertues
,
and
they
flye
all
vices
,
and
all
sinne
and
malice
for
they
are
not
enuious
,
proud
,
couetous
,
lecherous
,
nor
gluttenous
,
and
they
doe
not
vnto
another
man
but
that
they
would
hée
did
to
them
,
and
they
fulfill
the
x.
commaundements
and
they
make
no
force
of
riches
nor
of
hauing
,
and
they
swere
not
,
but
they
say
yea
and
nay
,
for
they
say
hée
that
sweareth
will
deceiue
his
nighbour
,
and
some
men
call
this
Ile
the
Ile
of
Bragamen
,
and
some
call
it
the
land
of
faith
,
and
through
it
runneth
a
great
riuer
that
men
call
Thebe
,
and
generally
all
men
in
those
Iles
,
and
other
thereby
are
truer
and
right
wiser
then
in
other
countries
,
in
this
Iles
are
no
théeues
,
murtherers
nor
beggers
.
And
forasmuch
as
they
are
so
true
and
so
good
,
there
is
no
tempest
nor
thunder
,
warre
,
hunger
,
nor
tribulation
,
and
thus
it
séemeth
well
that
God
loueth
them
well
,
and
hée
is
well
pleased
with
their
déedes
,
and
they
beléeue
in
God
that
made
all
things
,
and
him
they
worship
and
they
liue
so
ordinately
in
meate
and
drink
that
they
liue
right
long
,
and
many
of
them
dye
without
sicknesse
,
that
kinde
faileth
them
for
age
.
How
king
Alexander
sent
his
men
thether
for
to
winne
that
land
.
Chap.
xcvj
.
AND
king
Alexander
sometime
sent
his
men
to
win
that
land
.
And
they
sent
him
letters
that
said
thus
.
What
béehooueth
a
man
to
haue
all
the
world
that
is
not
content
therewithall
,
thou
shalt
finde
nothing
at
all
in
vs
why
shouldest
thou
make
warre
vpon
vs
,
for
wée
haue
no
riches
or
treasure
,
and
all
the
cattell
of
our
country
are
common
,
our
meates
that
wée
eate
are
our
riches
,
and
in
steade
of
golde
and
siluer
,
wée
make
our
treasure
peace
and
concord
of
loue
,
and
wée
haue
nought
but
a
cloth
vpon
our
bodies
,
our
wiues
are
not
arayed
richly
to
pleasing
,
for
wée
hold
it
a
great
folly
for
a
man
to
trimme
vp
his
body
with
costly
apparell
to
make
it
séeme
fayrer
then
God
made
it
Wée
haue
béene
euermore
in
peace
till
now
that
thou
wilt
dishcrite
vs
.
Wée
haue
a
king
among
vs
,
not
for
néede
of
the
law
,
nor
to
iudge
any
man
,
for
there
are
no
trespassours
among
vs
,
but
all
onely
to
learne
vs
to
be
obedient
to
him
,
and
so
maiest
thou
take
from
vs
but
our
good
peace
.
And
when
king
Alexander
saw
this
letter
hée
thought
hée
should
doe
too
much
harme
if
he
troubled
them
,
and
sent
to
them
,
that
they
should
kéepe
well
their
good
manners
,
and
haue
no
dread
of
him
.
How
the
Emperour
Prester
Iohn
when
hee
goeth
to
battaile
,
hath
three
crosses
of
fine
gold
borne
before
him
.
Chap.
xcvij.
THis
Emperour
Prester
Iohn
when
hée
goeth
to
battaile
,
hath
no
banner
borne
before
him
,
but
hée
hath
borne
before
him
thrée
crosses
of
fine
gold
and
those
are
large
and
great
,
and
well
set
with
precious
stones
,
and
for
to
kéepe
each
crosse
hée
ordained
a
thousand
men
of
armes
,
in
manner
as
men
kéepe
a
standard
in
other
countries
,
and
hée
hath
men
without
number
,
when
hée
goeth
in
any
battayle
against
any
other
Prince
.
And
when
hée
hath
no
battaile
,
but
rideth
with
priuie
company
,
then
hath
hée
borne
beefore
him
but
a
crosse
of
trée
not
painted
,
and
without
gold
or
precious
stones
,
and
all
plaine
,
in
token
that
our
Lord
Iesus
Christ
suffered
death
on
a
crosse
of
trée
.
And
also
hée
hath
borne
before
him
a
vessel
full
of
Iewels
and
gold
and
precious
stones
,
in
token
of
his
present
noblenesse
and
of
his
might
,
hée
hath
borne
before
him
likewise
a
platter
of
gold
full
of
earth
,
in
token
that
all
lordship
and
noblenesse
shall
turne
to
naught
,
and
his
flesh
shall
turne
to
earth
.
Of
the
most
dwelling
place
of
Prester
Iohn
in
a
Cittie
called
Suse
.
Chap.
xcviij
.
ANd
he
dwelleth
commonly
at
the
cittie
of
Suse
,
and
there
is
his
principall
pallace
that
is
so
rich
that
it
is
strange
to
tell
,
and
about
the
principall
tower
of
the
pallace
are
two
pomels
of
gold
all
round
,
and
each
one
of
those
hath
two
carbuncles
great
and
large
,
that
shine
right
cléere
in
the
night
,
&
the
principall
gates
of
this
pallace
are
of
precious
stones
that
men
call
Saraine
,
and
the
borders
of
the
barres
are
of
Iuory
,
and
windowes
of
the
hall
and
chambers
are
of
christall
,
and
Tables
that
they
eate
off
,
some
Emerandes
,
some
of
Mayk
,
some
of
gold
and
precious
stones
,
and
the
pillers
that
beare
the
tables
are
of
such
stones
also
,
and
the
steares
on
the
which
the
Emperour
goeth
vp
to
his
table
where
hée
sitteth
at
meat
,
one
is
of
Mastike
,
another
of
christall
,
and
another
of
gréene
Iaphy
,
another
of
Diasper
,
another
of
Serdin
,
another
of
Cornelin
,
another
of
Senton
,
and
that
hée
setteth
his
foote
vppon
is
of
Chrisolits
,
and
all
these
steares
are
bordred
with
fine
gold
,
and
wel
set
with
great
pearles
and
other
precious
stones
,
and
the
side
of
his
table
are
Emerauds
brodred
with
gold
and
with
precious
stones
,
the
pillers
in
his
chamber
are
of
fine
gold
with
many
Carbuncles
and
other
such
stones
that
giue
great
light
in
the
night
,
and
though
the
Carbuncles
giue
great
light
,
neuerthelesse
there
burneth
xij
.
great
vessels
of
christall
full
of
balme
,
to
giue
good
smell
and
to
driue
away
euill
ayre
.
The
frame
of
his
bed
is
all
of
Saphire
well
bound
with
gold
to
make
him
sléepe
well
,
and
for
to
destroy
Lechery
,
for
hée
wil
not
lye
by
his
wiues
but
thrice
a
yéere
after
the
seasons
,
and
that
onely
for
getting
of
children
.
And
hée
hath
also
a
fayre
pallace
in
the
cittie
of
Nise
,
where
hée
dwelleth
when
hée
will
,
but
the
aire
there
is
not
so
well
tempered
as
it
is
in
the
Cittie
of
Suse
.
And
hée
hath
euery
day
in
his
court
more
then
xxx
.
thousand
men
,
beside
commers
and
goers
,
but
xxx
.
thousand
there
,
or
in
the
court
of
the
great
Caane
,
spendeth
not
so
much
as
xij
.
thousand
in
our
countrie
.
Hée
hath
euermore
vii
.
kings
in
his
court
to
serue
him
,
and
each
one
of
them
serueth
a
moneth
,
and
with
these
kings
serue
alway
lxxii
.
Dukes
,
&
CCC
.
Earles
,
and
euery
day
eate
in
his
court
xii
.
Archbishops
,
and
xx
.
Bishops
.
The
Patriarke
of
Saint
Thomas
is
as
it
were
a
Pope
,
and
Archbishops
,
Bishops
and
Abbots
,
all
are
kings
in
that
country
,
and
some
of
the
Lords
is
Maister
of
the
hall
,
some
of
the
chamber
,
some
steward
,
some
Marshall
and
other
Officers
,
and
therefore
hée
is
full
richly
serued
.
And
his
Land
lasteth
in
breadth
foure
monethes
iourney
,
and
it
is
of
length
without
measure
.
Of
the
wildernesse
wherein
groweth
the
trees
of
the
Sunne
and
the
Moone
.
Chap.
xcix
AND
béeyond
this
place
is
a
great
wildernesse
as
men
that
haue
béene
there
say
.
In
this
wildernesse
as
men
say
are
the
trées
of
the
Sunne
,
and
of
the
Moone
that
spake
to
king
Alexander
and
told
him
of
his
death
,
and
men
say
that
folke
that
kéepe
these
trées
and
eate
of
the
fruits
of
them
,
liue
foure
or
fiue
hundred
yéere
through
vertue
of
the
fruit
,
and
wée
would
gladly
haue
gone
thether
,
but
I
beléeue
that
an
hundred
thousand
men
of
armes
should
not
passe
that
wildernesse
for
great
plenty
of
wilde
beasts
,
as
Dragons
,
and
serpents
that
slay
men
when
they
passe
that
way
.
In
this
land
are
many
Elephants
,
all
white
and
blew
without
number
,
and
Vnicornes
and
Lyons
of
many
coulours
.
Many
other
Iles
are
in
the
land
of
Prester
Iohn
,
that
were
too
long
to
tell
,
and
much
riches
and
of
precious
stones
is
great
plentie
.
I
haue
heard
say
why
this
Emperour
is
called
Prester
Iohn
,
and
for
those
that
know
it
not
I
will
declare
.
Therefore
sometime
an
Emperour
that
was
a
noble
Prince
,
and
doughtie
,
and
hée
had
many
Christian
Knights
with
him
,
and
the
Emperour
thought
hée
would
sée
the
seruice
in
christian
Churches
,
and
then
was
Churches
of
Christendome
in
Turky
,
Surry
,
and
Tartary
,
Hierusalem
,
Palistine
,
Araby
and
Alapy
,
and
all
the
Lords
of
Aegypt
.
And
this
Emperour
came
with
a
Christian
Knight
into
a
Church
of
Aegypt
,
and
it
was
on
a
Satterday
after
Whitsunday
when
the
Bishop
gaue
Orders
,
and
hée
beheld
the
Seruice
and
asked
of
the
knight
what
folke
those
should
bée
that
stood
before
the
Bishop
,
and
the
Knight
sayd
they
should
bée
Priests
,
and
hée
sayd
hée
would
no
more
bée
called
king
ne
Emperour
,
but
Priest
,
and
hée
would
haue
the
name
of
him
that
came
first
out
of
the
Priests
,
and
hée
was
called
Iohn
,
and
so
haue
all
the
Emperours
since
béene
called
Prester
Iohn
.
In
this
land
are
many
Christian
men
of
good
faith
and
good
law
,
and
they
haue
priests
to
sing
seruice
,
and
they
receiue
the
sacrament
as
men
of
Gréece
doe
,
and
they
say
not
otherwise
,
but
as
the
Apostles
said
,
as
Saint
Peter
,
and
Saint
Thomas
,
and
other
Apostles
,
when
they
sung
and
sayd
Pater
noster
,
and
the
words
with
the
which
the
Communion
is
sacred
:
wée
haue
many
additions
of
Popes
that
haue
béene
ordained
,
of
which
men
of
those
countries
know
not
.
Of
a
great
Iland
and
Kingdome
called
Taprobane
.
Chap.
c.
TOward
the
East
side
of
Prester
Iohns
Land
is
an
Ile
that
men
call
Taprobane
,
and
it
is
right
good
and
fruitfull
,
and
there
is
a
great
King
and
a
rich
,
and
he
is
obedient
vnto
Prester
Iohn
,
&
the
King
is
alway
made
by
election
.
In
this
Ile
are
two
winters
,
and
two
Summers
,
and
they
reape
corne
twice
in
the
yéere
,
and
gardens
flowrish
at
all
times
in
the
yéere
.
There
dwelleth
good
people
and
reasonable
,
and
many
christian
men
among
them
are
full
rich
,
and
the
water
betwéene
the
side
of
Prester
Iohn
,
and
this
Ile
is
not
very
déepe
,
for
men
may
sée
the
ground
in
many
places
.
Of
two
other
Iles
,
one
is
called
Oriell
,
and
the
other
Argete
where
are
many
gold
mines
.
Chap
cj.
THere
are
more
Eastward
two
other
Iles
,
the
one
is
called
Oriell
,
and
the
other
Argete
,
of
which
all
the
land
is
full
of
mines
of
gold
and
siluer
.
In
those
Iles
many
men
sée
no
Stars
cléere
shining
,
but
one
Star
that
is
called
Canapos
,
and
there
many
men
sée
not
the
Moone
but
in
the
last
quarter
.
In
that
I
le
is
a
great
hill
of
gold
that
Pismires
kéepe
,
and
they
do
the
fine
gold
from
other
that
is
not
fine
gold
,
and
the
Pismires
are
as
great
as
hounds
,
so
that
no
man
dare
come
there
for
dread
of
pismires
that
should
assay
them
,
so
that
men
may
not
worke
in
that
gold
nor
get
therof
,
but
by
subtiltie
,
and
therefore
when
it
is
right
hot
the
pismires
hide
themselues
in
the
earth
from
morne
to
noone
of
the
day
,
and
then
men
of
the
country
take
Cammels
and
Dromedaries
and
other
beasts
and
goe
thether
and
charge
them
with
gold
,
and
goe
away
fast
or
the
pismires
come
out
of
the
earth
.
And
other
times
when
it
is
not
so
hot
,
that
the
pismires
hide
them
not
,
they
take
Mares
that
haue
soles
,
and
they
lay
vpon
these
mares
two
long
vessels
as
it
were
two
small
barrels
and
the
mouth
vpwards
,
and
driue
them
thether
and
hold
their
foles
at
home
,
and
when
the
pismires
sée
these
vessels
they
spring
therin
,
for
by
kinde
they
leaue
no
hole
nor
pit
open
,
and
anone
they
fill
these
vessels
with
gold
,
and
when
men
thinke
that
the
vessels
bée
full
,
they
take
the
foles
&
bring
them
as
néere
as
they
dare
,
and
then
they
whine
,
and
the
mares
heare
them
,
and
anone
they
come
to
their
foles
,
and
so
they
take
the
gold
,
for
these
pismires
will
suffer
beasts
to
come
among
them
,
but
no
men
.
Of
the
darke
country
and
hils
and
rocks
of
stone
nigh
to
Paradise
.
Chap.
cij
.
BEyond
the
Iles
of
the
land
of
Prester
Iohn
and
his
Lordship
of
wildernesse
to
goe
right
East
,
men
shall
finde
nothing
but
hils
,
great
rocks
and
other
darke
land
,
where
no
man
may
sée
a
day
or
night
as
men
of
the
Country
say
,
and
this
wildernesse
and
darke
land
lasteth
to
Paradise
terrestre
,
where
Adam
and
Eue
were
set
,
but
they
were
but
a
little
while
there
,
and
that
is
toward
the
East
at
the
beginning
of
the
Earth
,
but
that
is
not
our
East
that
we
call
,
where
the
Sun
riseth
for
when
the
Sunne
riseth
there
,
then
it
is
midnight
in
our
country
by
reason
of
the
roundnesse
of
the
Earth
,
for
our
Lord
made
the
earth
all
round
in
the
middest
of
the
firmament
.
Of
Paradise
can
I
not
speake
properly
,
for
I
haue
not
béene
there
,
but
that
I
haue
heard
I
shall
tell
you
.
Men
say
that
Paradise
terrestre
is
the
highest
land
of
all
the
world
,
and
it
is
so
high
that
it
toucheth
néere
to
the
circle
of
the
Moone
,
for
it
is
so
high
that
Noes
floud
might
not
come
thereto
,
which
couered
all
the
Earth
about
.
A
little
of
Paradise
terrestre
.
Chap.
ciij.
THis
Paradise
terrestre
is
enclosed
all
about
with
a
wall
,
and
that
wall
is
all
couered
with
mosse
as
it
séemeth
,
that
men
may
sée
no
stone
nor
nothing
else
whereof
it
is
,
and
in
the
highest
place
of
Paradise
in
the
middest
of
it
is
a
Well
that
casteth
out
the
foure
flouds
that
runne
through
diuers
Lands
.
The
first
floud
is
called
Pison
or
Ganges
,
and
that
runneth
through
Inde
:
in
that
Riuer
are
many
precious
stones
and
much
Lignum
Aloes
,
and
grauell
of
gold
.
An
other
is
called
Nilus
or
Giron
,
and
that
runneth
through
Ethiope
and
Aegypt
.
The
third
is
called
Tigrée
,
and
that
runneth
through
Asiria
and
Armony
the
great
.
And
the
fourth
is
called
Euphrates
that
runneth
through
Armony
the
lesse
,
and
Persia
,
and
men
say
that
the
swéet
and
fresh
waters
of
the
world
take
their
springing
of
them
.
The
first
Riuer
is
called
Pison
,
that
is
to
say
,
gathering
of
many
Riuers
together
and
falling
into
one
,
and
some
call
it
Ganges
,
of
a
king
that
was
in
Inde
that
men
call
Gangeras
,
for
it
runneth
through
his
land
,
and
this
riuer
is
in
some
places
cleane
,
in
some
places
troubled
,
in
some
place
hot
,
in
some
place
cold
.
The
second
riuer
is
called
Nilus
or
Giron
,
for
it
is
euer
troubled
,
for
Giron
is
to
say
,
trouble
.
The
third
riuer
is
called
Tigrée
,
that
is
to
say
fast
running
,
for
it
runneth
faster
then
any
of
the
other
,
named
so
of
a
beast
that
men
call
Tigris
,
for
hée
runneth
fast
.
The
fourth
riuer
is
called
Euphrates
,
that
is
to
say
,
well
bearing
,
for
there
groweth
many
good
things
vpon
that
riuer
.
And
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
no
man
liuing
may
goe
vnto
that
Paradise
,
for
by
land
he
may
not
goe
for
wilde
beasts
which
are
in
the
wildernesse
,
and
for
hils
and
rocks
where
no
man
may
passe
.
Neither
by
those
Riuers
may
any
man
passe
,
for
they
come
with
so
great
course
and
so
great
waues
that
no
ship
may
sayle
against
them
.
Many
great
Lords
haue
assayed
many
times
to
goe
by
those
Riuers
to
Paradise
,
but
they
might
not
spéede
on
their
way
,
for
some
dyed
for
wearinesse
of
rowing
,
some
waxt
blind
and
some
deafe
for
noise
of
the
waters
,
so
no
man
may
passe
there
but
through
speciall
grace
of
God
,
I
can
tell
you
no
more
of
that
place
,
which
I
may
speake
of
vpon
mine
owne
sight
.
How
Prester
Iohns
land
lyeth
foote
against
foote
to
England
.
Chap.
ciiij.
THese
Iles
of
the
land
of
Prester
Iohn
,
they
are
vnder
the
earth
to
vs
,
&
other
Iles
are
there
who
so
would
pursue
them
for
to
compasse
the
earth
,
hauing
the
grace
of
God
to
hold
the
way
,
hée
might
come
right
to
the
same
Countries
that
hée
were
come
of
and
come
from
,
and
goe
about
the
earth
,
but
for
that
it
asketh
so
long
time
,
and
also
there
are
so
many
perils
to
passe
,
that
few
men
assay
to
goe
so
,
and
yet
it
might
bée
done
,
for
men
come
from
those
Iles
to
other
Iles
costing
of
the
Lordship
of
Prester
Iohn
,
which
men
call
Cassoy
,
and
that
country
is
néere
lx.
daies
iourney
long
,
and
more
then
fifty
of
breadth
,
and
this
Cassoy
is
the
best
land
that
is
in
those
countries
,
saue
Cathay
,
and
if
merchants
come
thether
as
commonly
as
they
doe
to
Cathay
,
it
would
be
better
then
Cathay
,
for
it
is
so
thick
of
cities
&
townes
that
when
a
man
goeth
out
of
a
cittie
hée
séeth
an
other
at
each
side
:
there
is
great
plenty
of
spices
and
other
goods
,
the
king
of
this
Ile
is
rich
and
mightie
,
and
hée
holdeth
his
land
of
the
great
Caane
,
for
that
is
one
of
the
xii
.
Princes
that
the
great
Caane
hath
vnder
him
beside
his
owne
Land
.
Of
the
Kingdome
of
Ryboth
.
Chap.
cv
.
FRom
this
Ile
men
goe
to
an
other
Kingdome
that
is
called
Ryboth
,
and
that
is
also
vnder
the
great
Caane
,
that
is
a
good
country
and
plenteous
of
corne
,
wine
,
and
other
things
:
men
of
this
land
haue
no
houses
,
but
they
dwell
in
tents
made
of
trées
.
And
the
principall
cittie
of
the
country
is
all
black
made
of
black
stones
and
white
,
and
all
the
stréetes
are
paued
with
such
stones
,
and
in
the
Cittie
is
no
man
so
hardy
to
spill
blood
of
man
ne
beast
,
for
worship
of
a
mawmet
that
is
worshipped
there
.
In
that
citie
dwelleth
the
Pope
of
their
Law
,
that
they
call
Lopasse
and
hée
giueth
all
dignities
and
benefices
that
fall
to
the
mawmet
.
And
men
of
religion
&
men
that
haue
Churches
in
that
country
are
obedient
to
him
as
men
here
to
the
King
.
In
this
Ile
they
haue
a
custome
through
all
the
Countrie
that
when
a
mans
father
is
dead
they
will
do
him
great
worship
,
they
send
after
all
his
friends
,
religious
Priests
,
and
many
other
,
and
they
beare
the
body
to
an
hill
with
great
ioy
and
mirth
,
and
when
it
is
there
the
greatest
Prelate
smiteth
off
his
head
,
and
layeth
it
vpon
a
great
plate
of
gold
or
siluer
,
and
giueth
it
to
his
Son
,
and
the
Son
taketh
it
,
and
giueth
it
to
other
of
his
friendes
singing
and
saying
many
orisons
,
and
then
the
priests
and
the
religious
men
cut
the
flesh
off
the
body
in
péeces
and
say
orisons
,
and
the
birds
of
the
country
come
thether
,
for
they
know
well
the
custome
,
and
they
flye
about
them
,
as
the
Eagles
and
other
birds
that
eate
flesh
,
&
the
priests
cast
the
péeces
vnto
them
,
and
they
beare
it
away
a
little
from
thence
and
then
they
eate
it
,
and
as
the
Priests
in
our
Country
sing
for
soules
,
Subuenite
sancti
Dei
,
and
forsooth
so
those
priests
there
sing
with
high
voyce
in
their
language
in
this
manner
wise
.
Sée
and
behold
how
good
and
gracious
a
man
this
was
that
the
Angels
of
God
come
for
to
fetch
him
and
beare
him
into
Paradise
.
And
then
thinketh
the
sonne
of
the
same
man
that
hée
is
greatly
worshipped
when
birdes
haue
eaten
his
father
,
and
when
there
are
most
plentie
of
birds
,
there
is
most
worship
.
And
then
commeth
the
Son
home
with
all
his
friends
,
and
maketh
them
a
great
feast
,
then
maketh
hée
cleane
his
fathers
scalpe
and
giueth
them
drincke
therein
,
and
the
flesh
of
his
fathers
head
hée
cutteth
off
,
and
giueth
it
to
his
most
speciall
friends
,
some
a
little
,
and
some
a
little
for
daintie
.
And
in
remembrance
of
this
holy
man
that
the
Birds
haue
eaten
,
the
son
kéepeth
his
scalpe
for
a
cup
,
and
therein
drinketh
hée
all
his
life
,
in
remembrance
of
his
father
.
Of
a
rich
man
that
is
neither
King
,
Prince
,
Duke
,
nor
Earle
.
Chap.
cvj.
AND
from
this
place
men
goe
ten
dayes
iourney
through
the
land
of
the
great
Caane
,
which
is
a
full
good
Ile
and
a
great
kingdome
,
and
the
king
is
ful
mighty
.
And
in
this
Ile
is
a
rich
man
which
is
neither
king
,
Prince
,
Duke
nor
Earle
,
but
hée
hath
each
yéere
foure
thousand
horses
charged
with
rice
and
corne
,
and
hée
liueth
nobly
and
richly
after
the
manner
of
the
country
,
for
hée
hath
fiftie
damsels
that
serue
him
euery
day
at
his
meate
and
bed
,
and
doe
what
hée
will
.
And
when
hée
sitteth
at
the
table
they
bring
him
meate
,
and
at
each
time
fiue
messes
together
,
&
they
sing
in
the
bringing
a
song
,
and
they
cut
his
meate
and
put
it
in
his
mouth
,
and
hée
hath
right
long
nailes
on
his
hands
,
that
is
great
nobilitie
in
that
country
,
and
therefore
they
let
their
nailes
grow
as
long
as
they
may
,
and
some
let
them
grow
so
long
that
they
come
about
their
hands
,
and
that
is
great
honour
,
and
gentry
,
and
the
gentry
of
a
woman
is
to
haue
small
féete
,
and
therefore
as
soone
as
they
are
borne
,
they
binde
their
féete
so
straight
that
they
cannot
waxe
halfe
as
they
should
.
And
hée
hath
a
full
faire
Pallace
and
rich
,
where
hée
dwelleth
,
of
which
the
wall
is
two
mile
about
,
and
there
is
many
faire
gardens
,
and
all
the
pauements
of
the
hal
and
chambers
is
of
gold
and
siluer
,
and
in
the
midst
of
one
of
his
gardens
is
a
little
hill
,
wheron
is
a
place
made
with
towres
and
pinacles
all
of
gold
,
and
there
he
will
sit
often
to
take
the
ayre
and
disport
,
for
it
is
made
for
nothing
else
.
From
this
land
men
may
goe
through
the
land
of
the
great
Caane
.
How
all
the
Lands
,
Iles
and
kingdomes
,
before
rehearsed
,
haue
some
Articles
of
our
Faith
.
Chap.
cvij.
AND
yée
shall
vnderstand
that
all
these
men
and
folke
that
haue
reason
,
that
I
haue
spoken
of
,
haue
some
articles
of
our
faith
,
and
though
they
bée
of
diuers
lawes
and
beliefes
,
yet
they
haue
some
good
points
of
our
faith
,
and
they
beléeue
in
God
as
the
Prophesie
saith
.
Et
metuent
cum
omnes
fines
terrae
.
That
is
to
say
.
And
all
the
ends
of
the
earth
shal
dread
him
.
And
in
another
place
.
Omnes
gentes
seruient
ei
.
That
is
to
say
.
All
Nations
shall
serue
him
,
but
they
cannot
speake
perfectly
but
as
their
naturall
wit
teacheth
them
,
neither
of
the
Sonne
nor
of
the
holy
Ghost
,
but
they
can
well
speake
of
the
Bible
,
and
specially
of
Genesis
,
and
of
the
bookes
of
Moyses
.
And
they
say
that
those
creatures
which
they
worship
are
no
Gods
,
but
they
worship
them
for
the
great
vertue
that
is
in
them
,
which
may
not
bée
without
the
speciall
grace
of
God
:
and
of
simulacres
and
Idols
they
say
that
al
men
haue
simulacres
,
wherby
they
meane
the
Papists
,
who
haue
Images
of
our
Lady
and
other
,
but
they
think
that
they
worship
the
Images
of
stone
and
of
wood
,
and
not
the
Saints
whom
they
doe
represent
,
for
as
the
letter
teacheth
Clarks
how
they
shall
beléeue
,
so
Images
and
Picture
teacheth
lay
men
,
they
say
also
that
the
Angell
of
God
speaketh
to
them
in
their
Idols
and
doe
miracles
,
and
they
say
truth
,
but
it
is
the
euill
Angell
that
doth
miracles
to
maintaine
them
in
their
Idolatry
.
How
Sir
Iohn
Maundeuile
leaueth
many
meruailes
vnwritten
,
and
the
cause
wherefore
.
Chap.
cviij
.
THere
are
many
other
Countryes
where
I
haue
not
yet
béene
nor
séene
,
and
therefore
I
cannot
speake
properly
of
them
.
Also
in
countries
where
I
haue
béene
are
many
meruailes
that
I
speake
not
of
,
for
it
were
too
long
a
tale
,
and
therefore
hold
you
apaid
at
this
time
with
that
I
haue
said
,
for
I
will
say
no
more
of
meruailes
that
are
there
,
so
that
other
men
that
goe
thether
may
find
enough
for
to
say
,
that
I
haue
not
told
.
What
time
Sir
Iohn
Maundeuile
departed
out
of
England
.
Chap.
cix
.
ANd
I
Iohn
Maundeuile
went
out
of
my
country
and
passed
the
Sea
,
the
yéere
of
our
Lord
1332.
and
haue
passed
through
many
Lands
Iles
and
countries
,
and
now
am
come
to
rest
,
I
haue
compiled
this
booke
and
writ
it
the
yéere
of
our
Lord
.
1366.
thirtie
two
yéere
after
my
departing
from
my
Country
.
The
rather
for
the
pleasure
of
all
such
as
delight
to
read
of
the
strange
and
wonderfull
meruailes
of
other
forraine
countries
,
as
also
for
a
direction
to
all
such
as
shall
desire
to
sée
eyther
all
,
or
some
of
these
countries
heretofore
specified
,
and
because
some
things
herein
spoken
of
may
séeme
straunge
and
scarcely
credible
,
therefore
I
haue
thought
good
to
make
knowne
vnto
all
that
will
sée
more
proofe
hereof
,
in
the
booke
called
Mapa
Mundy
,
there
they
shall
finde
the
most
part
of
the
same
ratified
and
confirmed
.
And
I
pray
all
that
shall
read
this
booke
,
and
looke
for
no
further
proofe
to
iudge
fauourably
therof
,
since
they
shall
in
conceit
sée
as
much
at
home
without
much
paines
,
as
I
did
after
many
weary
and
dangerous
steps
passed
,
and
I
pray
to
God
of
whom
all
grace
commeth
,
that
hée
will
fulfill
with
his
grace
the
readers
and
hearers
hereof
,
and
saue
them
body
and
soule
,
and
bring
them
to
his
Ioy
that
euer
shall
last
.
Amen
.
FINIS
.